Ie

Contents

On the Invariance of Metrics on IR" under Certain Families of Transformations of IR"

Observations on Standards and Guidelines Concerning Thesaurus Construction

Integration of Thesauri in the Social Sciences

Toward Establishment of Compatibility Between Indexing Languages UDC 025.4 + 168 + 001.4105) INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Vol. 8 (1981) No.2 INTERNATIONAL CLASSI FICATION Devoted to Concept Theory, Systematic Terminology and Organization of Know­ ledge

Editors Dr.phil. Ingetraut Dahlberg, 0-6000 Frank­ furt 50, Woogstr. 36a, Editor-in-chief Prof. Dr.med. Dr. phil. Alwin Diemer, Phi­ losophisches lnstitut der UniversWit Dussel­ dorf, DAOOO DUsseldorf 1, Universitatsstr. 1, FRG. Prof.Jean M.Perreault, University Library, University of Alabama, P. O.B. 2600 Hunts­ Contents ville, Alabama 35807, USA Prof.Arashanipaiai Neelameghan, Documen­ tation Research and Training Centre (DRTe) 31, Church Street, Bangalore-56000 I, India co-sponored by Editorial - FIDICR (Federation Internationale de Do­ Integration and Classification. .. 63 cumentation, Committee on Classification Research), adress see Dr. 1.Dahlberg - int.ernational, Federation of Library Asso­ Articles ciations and Institutions (IFLA) International R.Dobbener: On the invariance of metrics on Rn under certain Off-ice for UBC, Director: Mrs.D. Anderson, c/o The British Library, Ref. Div., London families of transformations of R n (In German) ..... 64 WCIB 2DG, England H. L.Somers: Observations on standards and guidelines concerning thesaurus construction ...... 69 Consulting Editors J. Aitchison: Integration of thesauri in the social sciences ... 75 Piof.Asterio T.Campos, Departamento de Biblio"teconomia,Universidade de Brasilia, I. Dahlberg; Toward establishment of compatibility between 'Brasilia OF, Brazil , 86 indexing languages...... Dr.A. 1. Cernyj, VINITI, Moscow A-2I9, Bal­ tijskaja ul.14, USSR Dipt. Math.Hermann Fangmeyer, Euratom Reports and Communications CCR C.E. T. L S.(European Scientific Infor­ S. Seetharama: 18th DR TC Annual Seminar (1981) on Information mation Processing Centre), 1-21020 lspra (Va­ Analysis and Consolidation: A Short Report...... 92 rese) Italy R. Kesselman: International Colloquy: Special Language Research Dipt. Volksw.Otto Gekeler, Burgunderweg 9, and Theory.Focus: Spanish ...... 92 0-7900 Ulm Cognet Newsletter (1981) No.I ... . 94 Prof.Eric de Grolier, Conseil International Research and Development in IR, Berlin 1982 .. 68 des Sciences, I, rue Miollis, F-75 Paris 15e, France 12th Annual Meeting, Classification Society, NAB. 94 Prof.Dr. Friedrich Lang, IBM, A-I040 Wien, Margarethenstr.3/4, Austria Yukio Nakamura, Authorized Consulting En­ FID/CR News gineer, 14-8 Nisikata-l Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo FIDleR Term,S of Reference ...... 96 113,Japan Who's Who in Classification...... 96 Prof.Dr. Phyllis Richmond, School of Library The 4th International Study Conference on Classification Research 96 Science, Case Western Reserve University, Cleo Argentina: Working Group on Indexing Languages. 97 veland, Ohio, 44106, USA United Kingdom: Meetings of eRG. 97 Prof.Dr. F. W. Riggs, Department of Political Science, Univ. of Hawaii at Manoa, 2424 Maile Way, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA Infoterm News Dr.Eugen Scibor, Institut Informaciji Nauko­ Meeting of two Ad Hoc-Working Groups of ISO/TC37/SCI weij.Technicznej i Ekonomicznej (IINTE), AI.Niepodleglosci 188, Warszawa, Poland "Principles of Terminology" in Moscow from 9-13 Febr. 1981 98 \ 98 Prof.Alfredo Serrai, Via S.Ignazio 52, I-00186 Overview of Infoterm's activities in 1980 ...... Roma, Italy Intern'ational Bibliography of Standardized and Non-Standardized Prof.Dr. Dagobert Soergel, School of Library Guidelines for Terminology...... 98 and Information Services, University of Mary· land, College Park, MD., 20742, USA Prof. Dr.Robert R. Sakal, State University of COCTA News New York, Stony Brook, New York 11794, The CO NT A Conference.Recommendations · 101 USA COCTA Meeting, May 28, 1981 103 Prof.Bryan C. Vickery, School of Library. Archive and Information Studies, Universi- ISA Congress ...... · 103 ty College, Gower Street, London WC 1, U. K. Forschungsabteilung Information und Doku­ Book Reviews mentation des Philosophischen Instituts der H. H.-Wellisch: Indexing and Abstracting. An International UniversiHit DUsseldorf, 0-4000 Dusseldorf, Universitatsstr.1, FRG, Prof. Dr. phil.Nor­ ...... 104 Bibliography (S.Seetharama). . . bert Henrichs 105 M. J. Cresswell: Logics and Languages (German) (W. G.Stock) Gesellschaft fUr .Klass.iflkation e.V. represent­ T. Pawlowski: Concept formation and definition (German) ed by Dr. R. Fugmann, Hoechst AG, Wissen­ (W. Coenenberg et al) ... 107 schaftliche Dokumentation, 0-6230 Frank­ furt 80, FRG lnfoterm, c/o oster. Normungsinstitut. Post­ Classification Literature 8 (1981) No.2. · 109 1 fach 130, A-I021 Wien, Prof.H. Felber UDC 025.4 + 168 + 001.4 (05) INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION Devoted to Concept Theory. Systematic Terminology and Organization of Knowledge

Editors: Dr. I. Dahlberg, Frankfurt; Prof. Dr. Dr. A, Diemer, Dusseldorf; Prof" A. Neelameghan, Bangalore. India; Prof. J. M. Perreault, Huntsville, Ala" USA; co.sponsored by FIDleR and IFLA Intern.Office for UBC Editorial Office: c/o Dr. I. Dahlberg, Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50, Tel. 06 11/52 36 90 Issue frequency: 3x/ann. Annual subscription rates: Institution per volume OM 64,-; Individuals per volume OM 51.20; Single issues: OM 22,-, Back issues, hard copy, per issue OM 18,-, microfiche, per issue OM 6,- 11974-19771. Institutions will be billed. Individuals must prepay. For Air Mail delivery an additional OM 4.- per issue. Postage is not included. Advertising rates: Advertising rate card NO.1. Advertising fact sheet with details of mechanical requirements and closing dates available upon request. Responsible for advertising. B. Michael Publisher: I N DE KS Verlag, Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50, Tel. 0611/52 36 90 Bank Account Nos.: INDEKS GmbH, Postscheck·Konto Frankfurt, No. 151208-608; Frankfurter Sparkasse von 1822, No.852 082 IBLZ 500 502 011 All rights reserved. Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany 1981 by Druckerei H. Guntrum II KG, Postfach 180,0-6407 Schlitz

Contents page I.C. Vol. 8 (1981) No. 2

Dobbener, R.: Zur Skalen· und Translationsinvarianz von Me­ Aitchison: 1.: Integration of thesauri in the social sciences. triken. (On the invariance of metrics JRn under certain families In: Intern.Classif. 8 (1981) No.2, p. 75-85,18 refs. of transformations of IRn) (In German) The paper discusses the objectives, characteristics and compila· In: Intern.Classificat. 8 (1981) No.2, p. 64-68, 4 refs. tion of the proposed Integrated Thesaurus of the Social Sciences. A problem of special interest in the field of cluster analysis is The Integrated Thesaurus is not intended to supplant well-estab· the characterisation of the metrics on IRn which are invariant lished thesauri,but to act a� a master reference tool, which could under certain groups of transformation of !R". If all variables serve as an aid in searching across data bases or as a switching under consideration are measured on an intervall scale it is mechanism, The first step in compilation should be the merging appropriate to usc metrics which are invariant under the group of terms to form a Descriptor Bank. This can reveal both inat· of transformations generated by the diagonal n X n-matrices and ches and inconsIstencies, but is limited by its verbal and alpha· the translations of ]Rn. The characterisation of these metrics betical approach. To compare the merged terms at the concept leads to a frustrating result: This article proofs that any metric level analysis in sub-fields is proposed within a classification fra· invariant under this group of transformations treats the intervall mework, preferably one with a 'faceted structure, such as the variables as classificatory variables. In case of ratio variables second edition of the Bliss Bibliographic Classification.The clas­ one can restrict one's attention to IRIlT and the group of posi· sification would serve as the master against which the terms from tive diagonal·matrix-transformations of IRn. The result is better the merged information languages, arranged in a compatibility now: A logarithm-like mapping ofRn+ to rn,n makes it possible matrix, would be-- compared. The master classification would be to identify these metrics with the (well known translation·in­ modified during interaction with the matrix terms, and emerge variant metrics on IRn. (Author) as the Integrated Thesaurus in a format similar to that of the BSI ROOT Thesaurus, having a detailed classified display and full alphabetical section. The compatibility data could be displayed either in the classified or alphabetical section. An example is worked out in the sub-field of Unemployment using terms from 5 thesauri and the UDC. Finally consideration is given to multi­ lingual implications, testing and updating. (Author)

Somers, H. L.: Observations on standards and guidelines con­ Dahlberg, I.: Toward establishment of compatibility between cerning thesaurus construction. indexing languages In: Int. Classif.8 (1981) No.2, p: 69-� 74,13 refs. In: Int. Classif. 8 (1981) No. 2, p. 86 �91, 31 refs. An attempt is made to compare the existing standards and Outlines previous work done in the field of compatibility between guidelines for thesaurus construction and development,focussing indexing languages (IL), and describes the scope, limitations and particularly on the ISO, BSI standards as well as on the guide­ advantages of establishing compatibility between IL. Suggests me· lines suggested by Aitchison and Gilchrist, and UNISIST. TIle thods for verbal comparisons between IL as well as generation of different facets/aspects considered are: linguistic aspects of an alphabetical comparison matrix MI. Conceptual compari­ thesauri; formal requirements suggestect by the standards/guide­ sons, however, demand a conceptual reorganization of Ml into lines with special emphasis on problems associated with com· a compability matrix M2 with its two alternatives, namely a pound terms, homographs, forms of terms, etc.; semantic rela­ system·related matrix M3 and a hierarchical matrix M4. In con­ tionships between terms - synonymy, BT/NT, and associativity; clusion, the use of a compatibility matrix and organizational problems peculiar to multilingual thesauri, especially the prob­ problems are described. (Author) lem of inexact equivalence between terms; and presentation and arrangement of terms in a thesaurus. (acc. to Author)

Ths contents page may be reproduced without charge INTERNATIONALC�IFlrATION

AIMS

The more scientific data are generated in the impetuous Thus, INTERNATIONAL ClASSIFICATION is meant to be a present times. the more ordering energy needs to be ex­ programme for the improvement of classification methods pended to control these data 10 a retrievable fashion. With and processes, a forum for discussion for all those inter­ the abundance of' knowledge now availa ble the questions of ested in the organization of knwoledge on a universal or a new solutions to the ordering problem anC! thus of im­ subject-field scale, using concept analytical and/or con­ proved classification sptems. methods and procedures have cept-synthetical approaches as well as numerical proce­ acqulred unforeseen slgnifl cance; for many years now they dures, and comprising also the intellectual and automatic have been in the focus of interest of information scien­ compilation and use of classification systems and thesauri tists the world over. in all fiel ds of knowledge, with special attention being gi­ Unt,l recently, the special literatu re relevant to classifica­ ven to the problems of terminology. tion was published in piecemeal fa shion, scattered over the INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION publishes original ar­ numerous technical journals serving the experts of the ticles, reports on conferences qnd similar communications, various fields. such as the Newsletters of FIO/CR (Committee on Classification Re­ phllosophy and science of science search), Infoterm -and ;COCTA (Committee .on Conceptual science pollcy and science organization and Terminological A'nalysis), book reviews, letters to the mathematics. statistics, and computer science editor and an extensive annotated bibliography of recent library and information science classific,ation literature, covering between 300 to 400 items archivistics and museology in each issue. journalism and communication science INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION should therefore be industrial and commodity classification available at every university and research library of every terminology, lexicography. linguistics country, at- every information center, at colleges and Beginning 1974 INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION has schools oJ library and· information science, in the hands of been serving as a common platform for the discussion of everybody interested in the fields mentioned above and both theoretical background questions and practical appli­ thus also at every office for updating information on any cation problems in many areas of concern. In each issue topic related to the problems of order in our information­ experts from many countries comment on questions of an flooded times. adequate structuring and construction of ordering systems INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION was founded in 1973 by and on the problems of their use in opening the informa­ an international grou·p of scholars with a consulting board tion contents of new literature, of data collections �nd sur­ of editors representing the worldrs regions, the special veys, of tabular works and of other objects of scientific classificatio� fields and the subject areas involved. From interest. 1974-1980 I.C. was published by K.G.Saur . Verlag, MUn­ Their contributions have been concerned with chen. Back issues of 1974-1980 are now available from the (1) clarifying the theoretical foundations (general order­ new publisher. ing theory, science-theoretical bases of classification, data analyses and reduction) Rates: (2) describing practical operations con nected with numeri­ Individuals, per vol., 3 issues/ann. OM 51.20. Institutions cal ta xonomy/classification,. as well as appllcations of OM 64.-; back issues, hard copy, per issue OM 1B.-, classification systems and' thesauri, manual and machine microfiche, per issue OM 6.-. indexing Institutions will be billed; individuals must prepay. For (3) tracing the history of classification knowledge a,nd me­ air-mall delivery an additional DM 4.- per issue. thodology (4) discussing questions of education and training in clas­ Send all orders to: sification INDEKS Verlag . Woogstr. 36a, 0-6000 Frankfurt 50. (5) concerning themselves with the problems of terminolo­ West Germany, Tel.: 061l�52 36 90 gy in general and with respect to special fields.

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS Journal. References should contain the names and initials of all authors, full title of the publication, abbreviation of Manuscripts may be submitted in either En�lish, German or the journal according to the ISO Standard No.4, volume French to the editor-in-chief in two sets (the original and number, year of pUblication in brackets, issue number and one copy) typed in double space, comprising between 1500 first and last page numbers. Mono ra h References should 1 to 3000 words. They should be accompanied by an· English give the name(s) of the author s , fu title, e ition, place indicative abstract of 100-200 words. of publication, publisher,year and number of pages. Criteria for acce tance will be appropriateness to the field Examples: of the journal see Scope and Aims), taking into account Fugmann, R.: The glamour and the misery of the thesau­ the merit of the content and presentation. Papers are ac­ rus approach. In: Int. Classif. 1(1974)No.2, p.76-86, 20 cepted with the understanding that they have not been refs. published , submitted or accepted fo r publication elsewhere Sartori, G., Riggs, F.W., Teune, H.: Tower of Babel. On and that, if the work received official sponsorship, it has the definition and analysis of concepts in the social sci­ been duly released fo r publication. Authors will usually be ence:s. Pittsburgh, Pa. : Int.Studies Assoc.1975. 107 p. ;: notified within 6 to 10 weeks. Unless specifically request­ Int. Studies Occ. Paper No.6. ed, manuscripts or lllustrations will not be retu rned. Illustrations should be restricted to necessary minimum. The text of the papers should be structured by subhead­ Graphs and 01agrams should be supplied as black and ings;---,r should contain (a) an introduction, stating the whlte drawings suitable to reproduction. Half-tone illu stra­ purpose, (b) a description of materials and methods in suf­ tions should be sharp, well-contrasted glossy prints. n­ fi cient detail, (c) information on results or systems devel­ lustrations should be numbered lightly with soft pencl' on oped and (d) a conclusion with a discussion and/or summa­ the back. Numbered lege nds should be attached on a sepa­ rization. rate sheet. References should be listed at the end of the paper with Tables should be typed double-spaced on a separate sheet, the numbers in brackets referring to such numbers in contain a number and a title at the top and be cited in the brackets within the text part. text. Each column should have a heading. Additional notes should be indicated in the text by lifted Authors shall receive 25 reprints of their papers free of single numbers (e.g. text ) and equally collected with charge. Addtional reprints may be ordered. their texts at the end of the paper under the heading Corrections 1n galley proof exceeding 10% of the typeset­ Notes. ting costs will be charged to the author. whe n we want to co mpare and fit the m into a "funcM tional and structural", "co mplete and har mo nious who le". EDITORIAL In June 1980, the UNESCO Divisio n ofInt erllatio nal Development of Social Scie nce s co nvened a me eting aiming at the development of an integr ated the saurus of the so cial scie nce s (see also the Edito rial of IC 1980-2 Integration and Classification and the three papers of this me eting pr inted in that issu.e). There it became obvious that cle ar guidelines had Only in the last 20 ye ar s have we exper ie nced the de clin­ to be developed on ho w one sho uld proceed in comp ar ing ing usefulne ss of the existin g universal classificatio n thesauri and in establishing co mpatibility betwee n their systems fo r the organiz ation of the abundance of single elements. Consequently, such guidelines we re elabo rated facts and to pics. Consequently, like mushroo ms in fe rtile and the re sults are av ailable no w fo r te sting and their so il afte r a warm rain, language and co nce pt�or ie nted po ssible improvement. the sauri have sprung up to describe document co nte nts In this issue yo u will find so me thing like.a co ntinua­ more pre cise ly. Howeve r, since these depend on the tio n of IC 1980-2 , partly through paper s pre se nted at colle ction of docume nts to which the y re fer , the y have the CONTA Conference (see the short re po rt on this to be maintained and their ,growth. has to be observed co nference in the COCTA News of this issue). At the carefully. This developme nt has no t only taken place in University of Manche ste r (U MIST) a stud y was under­ do cume ntatio n ce nters, but in librarie s as we ll, with the take n under the guid ance of Prof. J, Sage r to ward estab­ trend away fro m syste matic catalo gue s to ward alphabe ti­ lishment ofco mpatibility between thesauri. The material, cal subje ct head ings catalogues in card fo rmor as pr inted w4 Jc.h.ex ists so far only in manuscript fo rm, will be pub­ lists. With this developme nt an enormous splitting of lished in three parts in the fo rthcoming issue s of IC, In 'inte re sts _occurred on the one hand , because eve ryone this issue we start with the preliminary investigation was co nce rned with his own problems of subje ct descrip� co mpleted by a co llabo rato r of Prof. Sage r, Mr . Somers, tion and the spe cial te rminology of his fie ld with its summarizing observ atio ns made in co mpar ing the exist­ ad equate re lationship to the docume nts to be described, ing international the saurus standard s and guidelines as a On the othe r hand this led to a po sitive developme nt - po ssible so urce fo r $imilaritie s and divergence s between a ne w co nsciousness of a more ad equate and , po ssibly, thesauri. In additio n, the papers of the CONTAConf er­ a more pr edictable re pre se ntatio n of subje ct co ntent on ence by J. Aitchiso n ("Integratio n of Thesauri in the levelsof abstractio n acce ssible to usersof a system through Social Scie nces" ) and I. Dahlberg ("Guidelines fo r the the ir own te rms and their own co nce pts. This develop­ Establishment of Compatibility Between Informatio n ment also made evident the nece ssity ofdef ining te rms Language s" ) have been included in this issue. Two more and the ir co ncepts and of co nsidering, identifying and re ­ pape rs fr om the co nference wo uld have been of inte re st prese nting co nceptual relatio nships within the vocabulary to our re ade r. s, namely D. Soergel's ("Compatibility of of a subje ct fie ld . Vocabularie s" ) and M. Dienes' ("Testing the Compatibi­ Now, the tide se ems to be fi owing in the othe r dire c­ lity Matr ix in the Field of Culture") but unfortunately tio n. There is increasing interest in co operatio n be tween lack of space prevents the ir inclusion. The latter investi­ ce rtain ce nters and systems. Thus, sto rageMdependent gatio n was a te st of the guideline s pape r me ntio ne d above . subje ctM and mission-o rie nted the sauri be come a hind­ All the papers of this co nference wi ll be pr inted in the rance fo r co llabo ration. This situation has alread y le d to CaNT A proceedings volume intended to appe ar before investigatio ns about the scope of thesauri, their structure the end of 198 1. and contents, and has raised the questio n ofho w the sauri This to pic of co mpatibility and integratio n of info r­ of one and the same subject fie ld or of close ly re lated matio n language s will also be treate d at the 4th Interna­ field s could be made co mpatible or united to fo rm a tio nal Study Conference on Classificatio n Research in whole , a pro ce ss wh ich one co uld ce rtainly call 'integra­ Augsburg, Federal Republic of Germany, June 29-July 2, tion' of the sauri. 198 1. (S ee the Call fo r Pape rs on the inside of the back In this light, one of the re sults of the saurus development cover). It wo uld be useful if fur ther te sts of the kind as mentioned above - namely the pro mo tio n of a ne w Mrs. Dienes has done in the field of culture co uld be co nsciousne ss about the ne ce ssity of defining co nce pts undertake n . . and the knowledge and skill in distinguishing co nceptual Le t us be aware that we can improve our fie ld indeed relationships - will receive utmost significance . if we would look clo se r into each other's informatio n The definitio ns of 'integratio n' as given in Webste r's language s and if we le arn to co mpare and draw co ncluM 3rd Dictionary (I will cite only three of the eleven listed): sio ns fro m these co mparisons. By stud ying the different (I) the co nd ition of being fo rmed into a whole by the sauri and classification systems, we be co me aware of the additio n or co mbin ationof parts orelem ents the insights ofour co lleague s and perceive the super io riM (2 ) the co mbinatio n and co ordinatio n of se parate and tie s ofon e syste m over the other . The different possibili­ diver se elements or units into a mo re co mple' te and tie s of the saur us co nstr uction with respect to co nte nts, harmo nious whole structure and display be come obvious. Could this no t (3 ) the sum of the processes by which the developing le ad us to a better understand ing ofea ch other? It cer­ parts of an organism are fo rmed into a functio nal tainly would he lp tho ugh, to prepare the gr ound fo r the and structural whole ne ce ssar y fu ture wo rkof integratio n in classifi cation. sho w that we must be very familiar with the par ts and elements of each of the the saur i under co mparison and also with the se t ofrela tio nships ofea ch ofthese elements Inge tr aut Dahlberg

Intern.Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Editorial 63 Transformationen die invarianten Metriken charakteri­ siert. 1. Definition und elementareEigenschaften Reinhard Dobbener Universitat Bamberg Die Oberlegungen aus Abschnit! 0 fUhren zu der allge­ meinen Definition (vgl. [II S. 27): Zur Skalen- und Translations­ n Definition: Eine Metrik d auf IR. hellit .Yf2invariant invarianz von Metriken (£"isteine Farnilie von Transformationen des IRn),wenn

d(x, y) = d(Hx, Hy) (On the Invariance of Metrics on IR" under Certain Families of Transformation of IR") fUr alle x, y E IR" und H E ffgilt. Man kann zeigcn, da� die Menge

n J(d) = (H: IRn -> HZ bijektiv; d ist lI·invariant)

Dobbener, R.: Zur Skalen- und Translationsinvarianz von Metri­ eine Gruppe im algebraischen Sinne is! (vgl. [2] S. 5). n ken. (On the invariance of metrics on lR under certain families Dies ist einer del' Griinde damr, daB es sinnvoll ist, hier of transformations of IRn) (In German) In: Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2, p. 64 --·68, 4 refs. nur solche Familien Jf'von Transformationen zu studie­ A problem of special interest in the field of cluster analysis is ren, die auch Gruppen sind. (Ein anderer Grund ist in the characterisation of the metries on R n which are invariant [2], S. I zu finden.) under certain groups of transformation of IRn. If all variables Heispieic filr solche Gruppen sind: under consideration are measured on an intervall scale it is appropriate to use metries which are invariant under the group of transformations generated by the dia_gonal n x n-matrices and the translations of IRn . The characterisation of these metrics leads to a frustrating result: This article proofs that any metric 3T.invariantcMetriken heiBen translationsinvariant. invariant under this group of transformations treats the intervall • IR" variables as classificatory variables. In case of ratio variables Aile durch Normen II II auf definierten Metriken one can restrict one's attention to IRn+ and the group of posi­ (d(x, y) = IIx - ylll sind translationsinvariant. tive diagonal-matrix-transformations of !R.n. The result is bettcr now: A logarithm-like mapping of IRn + to IRn makes it possible (2) I!I = (0: IR" -> IR"; 0 is( orthogonal) to identify these metrics with the (wcll known) translation-in­ variant metrics on IRn. Author Invarianz unter 0 ist in weiten Bereichen der Physik wichtig (Unabhangigkeit physikalischer Erscheinungcn O. Problemstellung von der Lage des raum1ichcn Koordinatensystcms, in dem sic bcschrieben werden). Die Euklidische Metrik Ein Ziel der Numerischen Klassifikation ist es, eine ge­ ist das klassische Beispiel einer O-invarianten Metrik. gebenc Objektmenge n = (OJ, ... , Ok) anhand einer Reihe von Merkmalen Xl, .." Xn so in disjunkte Klas­ (3) gg = D: HZ" -> IRn; Dis! regular und diagonal) sen zu zerlegen, daB Objekte ciner Klasse einander "mbg­ ( lichst ahnlich", Objekte aus verschiedenen Klassen dage­ !!J ist die Gruppe der Transforrnationen, die Maf�stabs­ gen "l11oglichst unahnlich" sind. Fur numerische Verfah­ anderungen darstellen. Sic ist, wie schon im Abschnitt 0 ge� ren reicht eine intuitive Vol'stellung von All1llichkeit und zeigt, fUr die Numerische Klassifikation von besondcrcr Unahnlichkeit nicht aus, sie benotigen eine in (reellen) Bedeutung. Die Untel'suchung E0-invarianter Metriken ist Zahlen ausgedriicktc Quantifizierung dieser Begriffe. der wesentlichc Gegenstand dieser Arbeit. Zur Quantifizierung diesel' (Un.)Ahnlichkeiten grcift man iiblicherweise auf die an den Objekten beobachte­ (4) Der Vollstiindigkeithalber sei hier auch die Gruppe ten Merkmalsauspragungen ' (beim ge alief reguIaren, Unearen Transfonnationen des IRn Xi:;::: (XiI, ...Xi , n) Objek! 0;) zuruck und benutzt cine Metrik d auf dem elwahnt. Obwohl Br-Invarianz im Rahmen def Numeri­ schen Klassifikation cine kaum begrundbare Forderung Merkmalsraum: die Zahl d(x;, Xj) ist dann ein Mal! fUr die Uniihnlichkeit der Objektc 0i und OJ.Sind die Merk· an Metriken darstellt, lassen sich die in dieser Arbeit male Xl, .. . , Xn rnetrisch (der Merkmalsraum ist dann benutzten Methoden leicht zur Charaktcrisierung 9l-in­ IRn oder ein Teil davon), so sollte man erwarten, daB varianter Metriken bcnutzen. die Unahnlichkeii zwcier Objekte nicht von den mehr Fur das weitere Vorgchcn ist es notwendig, zwischen oder weniger zufallig gewiihlten Mafleinheiten der einzel· intervall- und vel'haItnisskalierten (metl'ischen) Merkn nen Merkmale abhangt (vgl. [3]). Fur die zu benu!zende malen zu unterscheiden. Metrik d bedeutet dies, da� sie unter Transforrnationen 1) Ein Merkmal hcifH intcrvallskalicrt, \Venn es positive und D, die cine solche Skalenanderung darstellen, invariant negative \VeTte annnehmen kann und die verwendetc Skala sein soIlen: keinen ausgezeichneten (nattirlichen) Nullpunkt besitzt. Bcispielc: Temperatur in °c, Ertrlige im betriebswirtschaftli­ chen Sinn. 2) Rin metrisches Merkmal hcifH verhliltnisskaliert, wenn sei­ ne Auspragungen nur positive rcelle Zahlen seil1 konnel1 und fUr alle xi und Xj (1 <;;i,j <;;k). die bel1utzte Skala einen natiirlichel1 Nullpunkt besitzt. Bei­ In dieser Arbeit werden fur bestimmte Familien von spiele: Alter, Lange, Gcwicht.

64 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dobbener - Translationsinvarianz Bei intervallskalierten Merkmalen ist der Merkmalsr aum d{x, y) � fd{A{x - y)) der ge sam te lR" . Da so wo hl Nullpun kt als auch Skalie · run g der einzelnen Me rkruale zuna chst als zufallig an ­ ist, so ist d!?J..und .o/-lnvariant. zusehen sind) ist es notwendig, bei in te rvallskalie rten Merkm alen Skalen· und Tran slation s- {!2J . und:TJ Invari­ Beweis: Da A nur von [x - y] abhangt, giltfUr D E!2J anz von der verwendeten Me trik zu verlangen. 1m Ab­ und tElR" schnitt 2 we rden die!2J - und .r-invarianten Metri ken auf ": lR" charakte risiert. A{ Dx + t (Dy �- I)) � A{ D . (x - y)) Sind dage ge n aile Merkm ale verhiiltni sskaliert, so ist es � A{ x - y). mog1ich, auf Tr an slationsinvarianz zu verzichten , da es ja einen natiirlichen Nullp un kt gibt. Da au!!erdemder Merk· De shalb ist n malsraum nUl � = {xEIR ;Xj >0, i = 1, ...., n} urn fasst, reicht es aus, statt Invarianz un ter .@nur Invarian z + fd{A{Dx + t (Dy + t))) + d{Dx + t,Dy t) � :- un te r!2J = {D E 9; d" > 0,i = I,.. . , n} zu verlangen . � fd{A{x - y)) In Abschnitl 3 we rden zunach'st die !2J+ -invarianten Me · + triken auf lR" = {xE lR" , Xi > 0, i = I, ..., n} be­ � d{x, y). schrie ben. Eine Methode , mit der so lche Metriken auf lR"+ fortgesetzt we rd en ko nnen , wird ebenfalls in Ab· Da dies fU r ai le x, y ElR" und beliebige D E!i! und schn itt 3 beschrie ben. tE lRn gilt, ist damit die !2J. und .r-Invarianz von d ge ­ ze igt. . . Diese beiden Lemma ·ste llen auch den wi chtigsten Teil des folgenden Satze s dar:

Satz I: Eine Funktion d auflR" xlR" ist ge nau dann ei­ 2. und .r-invarianteMetriken auf IR" !2J- ne !!iJ.und $invari ante Metrik, wenn es eine Fun ktion fd Zunachst werden Eigenschaften !2J- und .r-invarian te r auf .9'({I, .. . ,n}) gi bt mit den Eige nschaften Metriken auf IRn abge leite t, von denen sich dann zeigen

la !!t,da !! sie die!2J- und S:invarianten Metriken vollstan· (i) d{x, y) � fd{A{x - y)) dig charakterisieren . (ii) fd{ A);;' 0 fiir aUe A . . . ,nJ) Dazu sei d eine solche !!fi- und .'1-invariante Metrik. E.9'({I, Weiterhin ist esniit zlich, [x] (K lasse von x) einzuf Uhren : (iii) fd{A) � 0 genau dann , we nn A � rjJ (iv) Fiir A,B, C c {t, ... , n}mit A C (B U C) [x] D • x; D E!2J}. �{ find ({B U C) -(B n C)) C A gilt: fd{A) ,-;;fd{B) + fd{C ) Aus der Defin ition de r !2!-lnvarianzfolgt, da!! fiir x; yE [x] Beweis: De r we sentliche Te il des Satzes, da!! namlich be i d{x, 0) � d{y, 0) tr anslations- und skaleninvarianten Metriken d{x, y) nur von A{ x - y), der Menge der Ind ize s i, fUr die Xi cFYi ist, gi lt; also han g! d(x, 0) nur von [x] abo [x] ist aber durch abhangt, wurde in den beiden Lemmata bewie sen . Die 2 A{ x) �{i, Xi cF0} vollsHindig bestinunt: A{ x) � A([x]). Eige nschaf ten (ii) - (iv ) drU cken mit Hilfe der Funktion Damit gi lt: fd aus, da!! d eine Metri k ist. Der vollstandige Beweis dieses Satz es ist eine re cht einfache , aber umfangreiche d{x, 0) � fd{A{x)) Rechnung und wird deshalb hie r nicht aufgeftihrt. Erist in [2] S. IOff. zu finden. fd ist dabei eine von d abhangige Funktion auf.9'{[l, Das wichtigste Erge bni s von Satz l ist, dai1 fUr!2J. un d.r­ .. . ,n}), der Potenzmenge von {I, ... ,n}. inv ari an te Metriken d{x, y) nurvon A{ x -y) = {i ,Xi cFYi} Aus def Tr an slationsirivarianz von d folgt dann fUr belie­ abhangt. Dies hat zur Folge, da!!!2J- und .r-invariante bi ge X,Y E IRn: Me triken nicht nur unter Transformationen aus der von !!iJund fferzeugten Gruppe inv ari an t si nd , so ndern unter d{x, y) � d{x - y, 0) � fd{A{x - y)) allen Abbild ungen von der Form {XI , ... ,x")...;(f I (XI ), ... ,f {x )), wo bei die fi bije ktive Abbild un ge n vonlR " " Damit ist schon das folgende Lemma bewiesen: in irgendwelche Mengen Mi si nd (i � I, ...,n). Dies be ­ deutet aber, da!! von der ganzen to po logischen und alge­ Lemma I: 1st d eine!2J·und .r-invariante Metrik auflR" , braischen Struktur deslR" nur die Eige nschaft des n· so han gt d{x, y) nur von A{ x - y) ab: fachen kartesischen Produkts erhalten bleibt. Man kann fU r Obje ktpaare (P nnkte paare) nur noch ko mponenten­ d{x, y) � f A{ x - y)) we ise entscheiden , ob sie glei ch oder verschieden sind. i Die n metrischen Merkmale we rd en also wie n klassi · Die Umkehrung von Lemma 1 ist auch richtig: fikatorische Merkm ale behandelt. Dies ist ge ge niiber der urspriingli chen Struktur der Merkm ale ein so groi1erIn ­ Lemma 2: Gibt es zu der Metrik d auf lR" eine. formationsverlust, da11 p). und 5=invari ante Metriken Fun ktion fd : .9'{{ I, ... ,n}) ...; lR+, so da!! fUr pr aktische An wendungen kaum in Frage kommen.

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dobbener -- Translationsinvarianz 65 3. Skaleninvarianz bei verhliltnisskalierten Merkmalen zu zeigen, da!> die dureh (I) definierte Abbildung d' Sind die Objekte dureh verhliltnisskalierte Merkmale eha· eine Metrik ist: rakterisiert, so ist es vernilnftig (vgl. Absehn. I), auf die Forderung def Translationsinvarianz zu verzichten. Da (i) d+(x,y» O die Merkmalsausprligung au!>erdem auf rn.n+ besehrankt (ii) d+(x, y) = ° genau dann,wenn X = Y sind, reicht es aus, nur soIche Skalentransformationen (iii) d+(x, y) = d+(y,x) zu studieren, die den rn.n+ auf sieh selbst abbilden. Das ist aber gerade (iv) d+(x,y)";;d+(x,z)+d+(z,y) (v) d+(x+t,y+t)=d+(x,y) tErn.n !P+={D E!P; du > O}. Die Eigensehaften (i) -�iv) drtieken aus, da!> d+ eine Ziel dieses Absehnittes ist es also, die Metriken d auf Metrik ist und folgen direkt aus den entspreehenden Ei· rn.n+ zu eharakterisieren, fUr die d(x, y) = d(Dx, Dy) gensehaften von d und der Tatsaehe, da!> exp: rn.n -+ (fUr aile x,y E rn.n+ und D E !P+)gilt. rn.n+ bijektiv ist.

( X X ) Die Translationsinvarianz (v) folgt so: l -n Setzt man e = und x/y= -,... , (�) Yl Y ll-maI n d+(x +t, y + t) = d(exp(x + t),exp(y + tll = d(Dexp t • exp x,D exp t • exp y) (wegen x, Y Ern.n+ ist X/y iJnmer definiert),so gilt fUr = d( exp X,exp y) £t}+-inv,ariante Metriken d aufIRn+: = d+(x, y) d(x,y) =dee, x/y) Darnit ist gezeigt, da d+ eine translationsinvariante Me­ Durch -komponentenweises Logarithmieren trik auf lRn ist, wenn d eine skaleninvariante Metrik auf lRn+ ist. (log x = (log Xl, ... ,log x )) b) Sei andererseits d + eine translationsinvariante Metrik n auf rn.n;es mu!> jetzt gezeigt werden,da!> dureh kann man diesen Ausdruck folgendermaBen umformen: d(x,y) = d + (log x,log y) x,y ElRn+ d(x, y)= d+ (log X,log y)= eine skaleninvariante Metrik auf lRn+ definiert wird. d+(O,log X -log y) Mit den gleichen Argumenten wie in a) falgt,da!> d eine Metrik ist. ZurnNachweis der Skaleninvarianz sei D E f!j d + ist dabei eine von d abhlingige Funktion aufrn.n X beliebig. Dann gilt fUr X, y Ern.n +: rn.n.Man kann sofart erkennen, da!> aus der Skalenin· varianz von d die Translationsinvarianz von d+ falgt. Bevor Satz 2, def die �+invarianten Metriken d auf IRn d(D' X, D' Y) d+(log(D' x),log(D • y)) durch Funktionen d+ auf rn.n X rn.n eharakterisiert, formuliert werden kann) sind noch einige Bezeichnungen = d+(tlog D +log X,tlog D + log y) zu vereinbaren: d+ (log X,log y) exp x= (exp xl,"" exp x ) d(x,y) ( )n �XPtl 0 .. ,0 Satz 2 ist damit vollstlindig bewiesen.

Ein Beispiel mage die Aussage von Satz 2 verdeutliehen. D t = t rn.n(D xp t E�) exp E e Definieren wir d2(x, y) = Illog X log yll2 (d2 kann als . ° - . "Euklidische" Metrik auf lRn+ bezeiclmet werden), so 0 ... ° exp t 2 n gilt flir diePunkt X = (1, 1) und y = (e-1, e) (E rn. +) d2(x, y) = 11(0,0) -(-1,1)112 = tlog D =(log dl,l,"" log d ) dE!P+ (tlog D Ern.n) V2. n,n Fiihrt man dann die Skalentransformation Mit diesen Vereinbarungen gilt folgender Satz: 2 e 2 D= also D'x=(e ,e-1),D'y=(e,l), Satz 2: Eine Abbildung d auf rn.n+ X rn.n+ ist genau (° dann eine-!Zl+-invariante Metrik,wenn die durch dureh,so gilt: (I) d,+(x, y) = d(exp X, exp y) x,Y EIRn d2(Dx,DY)= I(2,-I)-( 1 ) =0. definierte Abbildung eine translationsihvariante Metrik 1 ,0 112 auflRn ist. Satz 2 �estattet es also, die skaleninvarianten Metriken Beweis: auf lRn mit den translationsinvarianten auf lRn zu in­ a) Sei d eine 9+ ·invariante Metrik auf IRn+, so ist dentifizieren.

66 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dobbener - Translationsinvarianz Auf ( - = U lR)n ist dann dureh n y) L " �--- 8(x, = i=l 8(xj, yil

eine translationsinvariante Metrik definiert. Vereinbart manjetzt log 0 = -00, so ist dUTch . d(x, y) = 8(log x, log y)

eine skaleninvariante Metrik aufIRn + = {x E IRn;Xi ;;;'O} definier!.

4. Sehlullbemerkungen I) Die Ergebnisse aus Absehnilt lund Absehnilt 2 lassen sieh ohne Sehwierigkeiten auf Distanzindizes libertragen. (Distanzindizes sind "Metriken", flir die die Dreiecksglei­ chung nieht gelten mull). In Satz 1 muillediglieh die Be· , dingung (iv) gestrichen werden, wenn man Distanzindizes statf Metriken studier!. Satz 2 bleibt riehtig, wenn man das.Wort "Metrik" durch "Distanzindex" ersetzt. --- 2) Da die Gruppe Pd der .regularen n x n Matrizen graller - ist als �, gibt es natlirlieh weniger Pd-(bzw. Pd· und , " :T-) als !l1-(bzw.�. und y.) invariante Metriken. Insbe· sondere gibt es im wesentlichen nur eine f!4 � und :T­ invariante Metrik aufIRn; das liegt daran, dall

bb. : A 1 IIRn- {OJ falls x * 0 Pd • x ={Rx; R EPd}= l{O} falls x = 0

So kann man beispielsweise dureh jede Norm II • II auf gilt (vg!. Absehnilt 1 und [2] S. 6). lRn eine g;+-invariante Metrik d auf .lR0+ durch Will man 9l�invariante Metriken auf lRn+ studieren, so mull man sich auf diejenigen RE Pd besehranken, die d(x, y) = IIlog x -log yll IRn+ bijektiv auf sich selbst abbilden: definieren. Urn einen geometrischen Eindruck von sol­ chen Metriken zu gewinnen, sind in Abb. I fUr die ,,Eu· klidisehe" Metrik d2 und fUr einige Punkte Xo die Men· Uberlegungen der linearen Algebra zeigen jedoeh, dall gen Pd+ die von� und&' erzeugte Gruppe is!. Die &l+�invarianten Metriken auf IR"T sind also die 1) = 2 = K(xo; {x E 1R +; d2 (x, xo) I} 2P+ �invarianten, die gegentiber Vertauschungen der Reihenfolge der Merkmale invariant sind. gezeiehnet. 3) Dem aufmerksamen Leser wird nieht entgangen sein, Da logarithmische "Transfomationen eine wichtige. dall bisher an keiner Stelle dieser Arbeit der Mahalano· Rolle bei der Charakterisie1l)ng der �+ ·invarianten Me· bis·Abstand erwiihnt wurde, obwohl er ja liblieherwei· triken spielen, ist es verstandlich, daB als Merkmalsraum se zu den Pd· (und:T-)invarianten Metriken gezlihlt wird. zunaehst IRn+ (und nicht IRn+ ) gewahlt wurde, da logO leh werde deshalb jetzt die Vorgehensweise des Mahala· nieht definiert is!. Eine Maglielikeit, eine Metrik auf nobis-Abstandes im Hinblick auf seine Invarianzeigen­ IRn+ fortsetzen, ist diese: sehaften besehreiben. Man wahlt eine heschrankte, translationsinvariante Me­ Dazu ist es zunachst wichtig festzustellen, daB der trik Mahalanobis·Abstand

d(x, y) = (x -y) • i;-' . (x _ y)' 8 auf IR (z.B.: 8, (xj, Yi) = (± ist die Varianz·Kovarianz·Matrix des Datensatzes ,,£ {x" ... , xkD wesentlieh von der Datenmatrix f£ = = und setzt diese Metrik naeh - fort abhangt: dureh d(x, y) = dyCx, y). 8(-=, xil = sup 8(xj, Yi) Xi! Yi EIR Der Mahalanobis·Abstand erfUllt dann die Gleiehung: (also z.B. 8,(- =, xil = I). dyCx, y) = dR • ".(Rx, Ry) REPd

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dobbener - Translationsinvarianz 67 Dies ist abe r nicht die Be dingung, die in Abschn. 1 an bzw. Ungleich miiBigke it de s Wachstums durch ,2 zu 9l·invariante Metriken ge steUt wurde . DerMa halanobis­ 111essen . Abstand ist also ke ine 9l-inv ariante Met rik (im Sinne von Abschnitt I). Notes Das Invarianzverhalten de s Mahalanabis- Abstan de s HiLlt 1 (Merkmals-) Vektoren aus IRn werden in dieser Arbeit der sich be sse r auf eine an dere Art be sch re iben: Ubersichtlichkeit wegen immer als Zeilenvektoren dargestellt; das flimt dazu, dalll auftretende Matrixprodukte (z.B. D . x) In de r i\quiv alenzklasse 9l •."1:= {R f!C;R E91} de r Da­ ' nicht ganz korrekt definiert sind. temnatriK gibt es gen au eine Datenmatrix /!l'o� die durch 2 Beispielsweise ist A«D, 1,4,D, 3,1)) = 2,3,5,6 n n die Einheitsmatrix als Varianz�Kov arianz-Matrix ausge­ 3 : � &'={ Pn IR IR ; Pn(xI····,x n) = (xn{l)' ... ,xn(n))' zeichnet is! . Der Mahalanobis-Abstand kann dann so II Permutation von{I, ... , nn interpre tie rt we rden, daLl er f!Cin die aufgezeichnete Da­ tenmat rixf!l'o (E 9l'!!l) tran sformic!t un d aus diesen Da­ ten die Distanzen zwischen den Objekten berechnet. Ein so lche s Verfal nen ist selbstverstiindlich 9l-invariant, da References jede Datenmat rix R • .'?l(E 9l • f!C) in ."1:0 tran sformielt (1) Bock, H. H.: Automatische Klassifikation. Gottingen 1974 wird (2) Dobbencr, R.: Zur Invarianz von Klassifikationsverfahren. Problematisch an die se m Vorgehen ist die- Al1nah me , Diskussionspapier des Lelustuhls fur Statistlk, Universitat Bamberg 1980 fI als Varianz-Kovarianz ­ daB die Datenmatrix o (mit In (3) Vogel, F.: Subjektivitaten bei der Klassifikation von Einhei­ Matrix) tatsii chlich flirdie Nume rische Klassifi kation eine ten. In Proceedings in Operations Research,1978. Tagung "ausgezeichnete" Rolle spie lt: Es gibt kein Klassifika­ in Kicl 1977 p.l05-129 tionsverfah ren, von de m man annehmen muB , daP" die (4) Vogel,F.: Beschreibende und Schlielllende Statistik. MUnchen­ Wien 1979. Voraussetzun gen fUr se ine An wen dun g in ,qe ehef errullt " o sin d als in irgendeinem an de ren Datensatz aus £!l • f!l'. Dipl.Math.R. Dobbener AImliche Uberlegungen fU r Verfalll'en, die mit st an dar­ Universitat Bamberg. Statistik disie rt en Merkmalen arbeiten, mhIen zuen tspre chenden Feldkirchenstr. 21 Erge bn issen; auch hier mull man sich fragen, ob dc! D-8600 Bamberg "st andardisie rte" Date n satz im Hinblick auf die anzu­ wen denden Verfah ren tatsachlich '!usge zeiclmet ist.

4) Satz 2 fUhrt auch zu U be rle gungen, die Uber das In­ varianzproblem de r Numerischen Klassifi kation hin aus� gehen: Genauso wie es mo gl ich ist, Metriken de sIR n auf n IR + zu Ubertragen , kann es sinnvoll se in , Lage- und Stre uungsmaLle vonIR auf IR+ mitte ls der exp:Tran sfo r­ mat ion zu iibertragen . Beispie lswe ise kann man mit Hilfe de s arithmetischen Mittels fUr m Beobach tungen XI, ... , Xm eines verhaltnisskalie rt en Me rkmals das Lokalisa­ tionsmaLl ii:durch (� m ii: = exp L i=1 Research and Development in Information Retrieval, de finieren . Berlin 1982 Es st ellt sich dabe i heraus, daLl At the Te chn ical University of West-Be rlin a co nference l/m m ) on the theme mentioned will be held fro m May 18-20, ii:= ( II X· 1982 1 spon so re d by the Gesellsch aft fUrInf ormatik in i=i cooperation with ACM an d BCS. Its theme will be basic re se arch ide as in in fo rmation sto rage an d re trieval as we ll das ge ometrische Mitt el is! . Mit der Varianz erha lt man as in terestingnew applicat ion s. Pape rs co verin g the fo llo w­ als Stre uungsmaB S2 in g or other re levant to pics are inv ited: Methodology, Theory an d Applications in the fie lds

,2 = . lo g Xi 2 ofSy ste m Modellin g Evaluation Problems, Natural lan­ exp � .; (lo g Xi _.!. .; 111 1=1 V m J=1 guage Processing, Auto matic Inde xing, Query Languages, ( � I/m ) ) Complexity Proble ms, File Organ iz ation, Data Models, J ft (Xi) lo g Integration of IRS into DBMS , New Technology. \i=l X Cont ributors should submit a fo ur page syno psis an d ) an abstract by Oc!. 15, 1981. Chairmen of the confer­ 82 ist ein' St re uungsmaB, fu r das x die Min imaliHit s­ ence are Prof. H.-J. Schneider, TU Berlin an d Prof. ; S2; 20). . eige nsch aft besitzt (sowie ii:fUr vg!. [4] S. G.Sa lton, Co.rnell University. Intendin g cont ributors or MiLlt man beispie lswe ise durchschn ittliches Wachstum those re quirin g furthe r de tails should write to Dr. Pe ter l durch das geometrische Mitte .. der entspreJOhenden Bollmann, TV Be rlin, KurfUrsten. damm 202, V, D-IOOO Wach st umsfaktoren, so bjetet �s sich an, die "StetigkeitH Berlin 15.

68 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No.2 Dobbener - Translationsinvarianz ISO ISO 2788 BS BS 5723 H. L. Somers, UNISIST Guidelines University of Manchester Institute of Science A & G Aitchison & Gilchrist and Technology Page (p.) and paragraph (para) references are to the ver­ sions cited under "References". Observations on Standards and BS states that the two st?ndards (i.e. BS and ISO) Guidelines Concerning Thesaurus should not "be regarded as a set of mandatory instructions based.on preferred techniques" (p. 1), wishing to avoid an Construction "authorian approach". In Appendix D of our original- re­ port however, we recommend that, except where optio­ nal alternatives are clearly given, the recommendations set out in the standards indeed be viewed in this light Somers, H. L.: Observations on standards and guidelines con­ (except where they are contradictory from one standard cerning thesaurus construction. to the other) if the documents are to have arty value. In: Int. Classif. 8 (1981) No. 2,p. 69-74, 13 refs. ISO defines as its scope the intention to "facilitate the An attempt is made to compare the existing standards and preparation and development of thesauri ..." {para 0), guidelines for thesaurus construction and development, focussing taking no account of whether the thesaurus is to be ad­ particularly on the ISO, BSI standards as well as on the guide­ lines suggested by Aitchison and Gilchrist, and UNISIST. The ministered manually or mechanically, the subject field different fa cets/aspects considered are: linguistic aspects of of the thesaurus, nor the language of the thesaurus (para thesauri; formal requirements suggested by the standards/guide­ 1.1.). UNISIST is to be regarded as an extension of ISO lines with special emphasis on problems associated with com­ (UNISIST, para 2.1.). pound terms, homographs, forms of terms, etc.; semantic rela­ tionships between terms - synonymy, BT/NT, and associativity; 2. Definitions problems peculiar to multilingual thesauri, especially the prob­ ISO definesthesaurus both in terms of its function - lem of inexact equivalence between terms; and presentation and arrangement of terms in a thesaurus. (ace. to Author) a tenninological control device used in translating fro m the natural language of documents, indexes, or users into a n!ore constrained 'sy stem language' (para 2.1.) and ofits structure - a controlled and dy namic vocabulary of semanti· cally and generically related terms which covers a I. Introduction specific domain ofknowl edge (ibid.). Preparatory work concerning a study toward "Guidelines The BS definition reflects the structural aspect: for the Establishment of Comparison and Compatibility a means fo r disp laying the terms in a controlled Matrices Between Thesauri in the Social Sciences" carried indexing language, together with indications of out at the University of Manchester Institute of Science their a priori relationships (para 3.4 .). and Technology (UMIST)* involved careful considera­ Both ISO (para 2.1.) and A & G (p. 2-3) stress the as­ tion of existing standards and guidelines. In this article sumption that a thesaurus is associated with a corpus a critical summary is made of the recommendations of of documents, recommending that its infonnation the International Organisation for Standardization (ISO content and language reflect those of the corpus, 2788) (2), and of the British Standards Institution (BS while at the same time taking into consideration 5723) (3),ANDUNESCO's own UNISIST guidelines (4). potential users' infonnation needs and language usage. We also took into consideration the important and A & G fu rther continually stress that the value of a influential booklet, Aitchison & Gilchrist (4). It is to be thesaurus can best be judged by its performance as an noted that the three Guidelines documents are in fact indexing or document retrieval tool. quite similar to each other, at least in spirit. BS 5723 is ISO restricts its definition of a thesaurus: allegedly based on ISO 2788, though the former "has a thesaulUs provides words or terms to express been enlarged to include procedures for dealing with meanings that are implied by the term relationships compound terms". The UNISIST document differs from given in the thesaurus (para 2.2.). the others in that it deals specifically with multilingual The important fe atures are the list of terms, and the fact thesauri. The Aitchison & Gilchrist booklet embodies that they are arranged hierarchically. Thesauri in which much the same principles again, the difference being that some terms are preferred to others for indexing purposes they are treated in a more discursive, didactic manner. are distinguished from those in which the terminological In this discussion we compare each of the documents, control is performed by some unambiguous abstract can· with comments as appropriate. We give, however, little cept representation device (e.g. a concept number) (para or no exemplification, particularly where this can be 2.1.). ISO comments, though only in a footnote, that found in the documents themselves. For convenience the only the former can be maintained manUally: following abbreviations will be used .throughout: thesauri not using preferred telms require machine maintenance and retrieval (p. 1). * The study was undertaken for the Division for the Interna­ BS provides further definitions: tional Development of Social Sciences of UNESCO in Febru­ A document is ary 1981 (1). These observations on standards and guidelines formed Appendix B of that study. We gratefully acknowledge any item (.. .) amenable to cataloguing and in­ UNESCO's permission to publish this Appendix here. dexing (para 3.1.).

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Somers - Thesaurus construction standards 69 An indexing term is On the qu estion of lo an wo rds an d tran slations (cal­ preferably a noun or noun phrase which represents qu es), IS O (para 3.2.3. (b)) make s no recommendation a concep t (para 3.2.). other th an th at cro' ss- re ferences between the two te nus In de xin g te rms are su bdiv ide d into perferred tenns an d be made , wh ile BS (para �.6.2.) is mo re spe cific: the non�pre/e rred terms, so me time s kno wn as descrip tors an d lo an word, if it is widely acce pted, sh ould be preferre d; lead-in tenns (this is the te rm used by A & G) or non­ if no accepte d calque exists, th e lo a� wo rd (and not a descriptors re spe ctively, the latte r bein g co ine d tran siation) should be tre ate d as a newly·co in ed provided as users ' entry points in a thesawus or'al� English te nn . However, if a translation become s more phabetical index, the indexer or user being directed wide ly accepte d than the fo re ign te rm, th is should be by appropriate instructions (. . .) to the preferred ado pte d as the preferre d te rm. UNISIST (para 8.3.1.) is tenns (para 3.2.). mo re re ticent abou t lo aned te rms an d co ined calques,and In th is article we sh all mo stly use the te rms descriptor re co mmends th e use of scope notes an d de fin itions fo r an d non-descriptor, though in some se ctions of the dis­ clarification, an d th at in an y case (para 8.3.3.) in de xers, cu ssion , pre/e"ed an d non-preferred te rm are more langu age an d/o r su bje ct spe cialists sh ould be consulte d. appro priate . Several reco mmendations fo r an d example s of the cre a­ A node label is tion ofco ined te rms are given (para 8.3.3.2.), inserted into the sy stematic section ola thesaurus BS (para 6.3.3.) an d IS O (para 3.2.3. (c)) re co mmen d to indicate the logical basis fo r subdividing a cate­ acce pte d stan dards fo r gu idelines on translite ration - BS gory; sometimes known as a 'facet indicator' 2979 , BS 4280, BS 4812, IS O/R 9, IS O/R 233, IS O/R (para 3.3 .). 259 . IS O/R 843 (5 -11) - as does A & G (p. 17). BS an d Several additional de fin itions pe rtaining to mu lti­ IS O fu rther note th at tran slite rations th at do no t use ' lingu al th esau ri are to be fo und in UNISIST. diacritical marks are pre ferable . UNISIST(para 10.4.3.3.) A source language addresse s the spe cial proble m th at arise s where diffe re nt serves as a starting point when a (descriptor) is langu age s have differin g tran slite ration conventions. translated into its nearest equivalent (. . .) in a The use ofslan g te rms an d jargon is co mmentedon in second language (para 3.12.), BS (para 6.6.4.). Su ch te rms may emerge as useful in­ th at se cond lan gu age bein g te rme d the target language. dexing te rms, th ough preferably as non·descriptors asso­ An exchange language is the lan gu age JJsed "as me dium ciate d via a 'u se ' re lationship with a non-slan g de scriptor. fo r data exch an ge " orus ed fo r in d�xin g an d/o r re trieval BS also re co gn ise s th at no non-slang te rm migh t exist, in in mu ltilin gu al systems wh ich use only one langu age fo r which case the slan g te rm wo uld be an acceptable de s­ these pu rpo ses (para 3.5 .). Dominant an d secondary are cripto r. Th e example given - 'h ippies' - is a case in po int. te rms re latin g to langu age s in mu ltilin gu al syste ms wh ich BS also in dicate s th at co mmon name s should be pre ferre d do not assign equal status to all the langu age s (para 3.3.). to trade name s (para 6.6.5.), even, apparently, whe re the A coined term is a neologism create d in one" lan gu age trade name is mo re co mmonly used. On the other hand where necessary to co rre spond to a te rm re co gn ise d in a cho ice between a popular name an d a scien tific name another lan guage (para 3 .1.). (para 6.6.6.) should be de cide d acco rding to th e norms A loan tenn is used in a similar situ ation whe re it is not of the field of the th esau rus an d of its users. UNISIST fe lt to be necessary or de sirable to cre ate a coine d te nn pays particular atten tion to mu ltilin gu al proble ms co n· (para 3.9.). cernin g proper name s (para 10.4.), re co mmending th at Feedback is wh ile name s of national or lo cal in stitu tions sh ould be the art ofchanging tlie fo nn or structure of a tenn re taine d in their origin al fo rm (though with tran slate d in a source language in order to achieve an easier fo rms, where they exists, as non-de scripto rs), names of or more useful solution to a problem encountered in te rnational in stitutions should be expresse d in the ap­ in a targe t language (para 3.6.). proprJate tran slate d fo rm. Similarly, name s ofhi sto rical Th e example given in UNISIST clarifie s th is de fin ition: pe rsonnage s th at diffe r fro m lan gu age to lan gu age should The Ge rman te rm LEHRER BI LDUNGSGESETZ does be given in 'translate d' fo nn . ' not, when tran slate d in to English or French, provide a Fin ally, IS O (para 3.2.7.), BS (para 6.3.) an d A & G satisfactory in de xin g te rm, an d so the origin al te rm is (p. 17) make so me re co mmendationson the use ofabbre­ facto re d in to its se parate co mponents, an d its statu s is viations and acronyms. Th e fo nner are ge neral ly to be clian ge d to th at ofa non·de scriptor. avoided, on the qu ite re asonable grounds th at they may Linguistic aspects be ambiguou s except in co ntext, an d th at they po se filin g 3. pro blems. Th e su pposed proble m th at In all fo ur do cuments, gu idelines co ncernin g the fo rm of their recognition may be dependent on capitalisa­ te rms are consistent, though BS an d A & G are mo re tion and periods which become constraints If com­ thorough . IS O co mments th at puter printers or other electronic data processing it is desirable that the descrip tor should contain as equipment is used (IS O para 3.2.7.) few words as possible, and preferably only one may we ll be base d on an outdate d an d invalid view of (para 3.2.1.). the possibilities ofco mpute r implementation. The gu ide · Recommendations on spe llin g are to be fo und in IS O lines note th at abbreviations are acce ptable de scripto rs (para 3.2.3. (a)), in A & G (p. 17) an d in BS (para 6.6.1.); if they are co mmonly preferre d by users, espe cially if in each case it is re commended th at the mo st wide ly the expan de d fo rms wo uld be le ss practical by dint of accepte d spellin g be ado pted, while where th ere are equal· their le ngth . Bo th IS O an d BS state that well·e stablished Iy acceptable varian ts, one be preferre d as the de scripto r, acronyms are qu ite acce ptable as de $cripto rs. the other spellin gs being in clu de d ", non-de scripto rs.

70 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Somers - Thesauru,� construction standards 4. Fonnal requirements there is no need to apply a single convention to all the languages (para 10.1.3.). The conventions for English are explained at length in On the question of compound terms, ISO makes few re­ BS (para 6.4.): in general, plurals of nouns are indicated, commendations (para 3.2.1.): although except in the case of non-count nouns, and the names of it is desirable that the descriptor should contain as abstract concepts (thoughnot those which represent class­ few words as possible, and preferably only one, es with more than one member). The acceptability of it is recognised that this practise may result in loss of cla­ part.s of speech other than nouns as terms is discussed in rity. Compound descriptors, when they are used, should BS (para 6.2.1., 6.2.2. and 6.2.3.), in ISO (para 3.2.6.) retain natural word order. BS on the other hand has and in A & G (p. 14). several pages of recommendation� and comments on Finally, in ISO (para 3.2.8.) we find some interesting compound terms (para 7). It notes in detail some of the comments on problems relating to character sets. We have problems of factoring compound terms (para 7.2.), and already mentioned ISO's preconceptions about compu­ lists several classes of term where factoring would be terisation in the comment on abbreviations (para 3.2.7.). counterproductive, and which should therefore be retain­ A fu rther statement indicates that ISO is out of date at ed as compounds (para 7.2.6.1.). BS also describes several least with respect to currently available possibilities with situations where factoring of compound terms would be regard to computer character sets: deslrable (para "/.'2.6.2.), though its recommendations The evential use of electronicdata processing equip­ here are rather more tentative. It is probably not desira­ ment may entail ble to list here details of these recommendations. Suffice the use of only the upper case fo nnat fo r the it to say that BS addresses the problem in some depth. descriptors, A & G treat compounds and fa ctoring in equal detail. avoidance of diacriticalmarks, Closely associated with questions of compound terms limitation of the number of characters that a and fa ctoting are the notions of pre-and post-coordina­ descriptor may have (para 3.2.8.). tion. Neither concept is particularly well explained in ISO None of the supposed entailments of computerisation of (para 3.2.2.2.), while BS gives no explanation of the a thesaums would be imposed in an up-to-date imple­ terms at all. A & G on the other hand cover the topic mentation. quite satisfactorily (p. 22-26), explaining, exemplifying, Apart from these comments, ISO does make recom­ and comparing the alternatives. mendations concerning the use of punctuation marks, The problem of honwgraphs is treated only cursorily numerals and special characters in descriptors, which are in both BS (para 6.5.) and A & G (p. 18). ISO notes the not present in the other documents. possible use of qualifiers to disambiguate homographs. Qualifiers, it is stressed, are part of the descriptor: 5. Semantic relationships (homograph) and bracketed qualifiers fo nn a com­ pound descriptor (para 3.3.1.). In their sections on what is after all an (if not the) "indis­ Alternatively a scope note, which does not form part of pensable fu nction of a thesaurus", namely, "to present the descriptor, may be used (para 3.3.2.). The term 'scope the interrelationships between concepts ... " (ISO para note' is defined only fleetingly in A & G (p. 19), where­ 3.4.1 .), the documents under review here converge to a as ISO (para 3.3.2.) and BS (para 6.7.) make more re­ much greater extent. While in the previous sections there commendations. A & G use the same term - 'scope note' have been only a few cases of two documents containing - to cover both qualifiers and scope notes, and distinguish contradictory recommendations, it has nevertheless been the two only informally (p. 19). ISO notes the further the case that different aspects are given more prominence, use of a scope note to indicate the history of the term's or treated in greater depth in different documents. inclusion in the thes1;lurus, and its source (especially in In this section we summarise and compare the descrip­ the case of a neologism), while BS also suggests indica­ tions of the small number of widely accepted relations tions of restrictions of use, explanation of abbreviations typically represented in thesaurus entries; as described and acronyms, and even exclusion of possible meanings. by the documents under review. We also look especially Both standards stress that scope notes should be clearly at UNISIST, in which problems specific to multilingual distinguished from the terms to which they are appended. thesauri of inexact term, concept and relation equivalen� ISO fu rther recommends definitions (para 3.3.3.) and ces are discussed. even translations (para 3.3.4) as means of disambiguating In each of the documents, the first semantic relation� homographs. UNISIST (para 10.2.3.) mentions the inte­ ships to be discussed are the equivalence relationships, resting problem of interlanguage homographs, which which are further subdivided into synonyms and quasi­ however should not lead to confusion, synonyms. BS and A & G.note that while in general Un­ except in'the unlikely event that the editors decide guistic terms true synonyms are rare, in indexing they to print terms from mare than one language as a are more common (BS para 8.2.2., A & G p. 27). This is single alphabetical sequence. because in indexing the meaning of any tenn is delibe� Rules governing the forms of terms, especially the rately restricted .. BS exemplifies possible causes of syno­ question of singular and plural, are given in ISO (para nymy: terms of different linguistic origin, popular vs. 3.2.4. and 3.2.5.), in BS (para 6.4) and in A & G (p. scientific names, common nouns vs. trade names, variant 14-15), where, in addition, a table from EJC Rules (i2) names for new concepts, terms dating from different is reproduced. UNISIST (para 10.1.2. and 10.1 .3.) refer periods, variant spellings, terms from different cultures, the reader to ISO, but note that different conventions abbreviations vs. full forms, and factored vs. unfactored apply for different languages. It is noted however that compound terms. ISO gives similar examples under 'USE-

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Somers - Thesaurus construction standards 71 reference' (para 3.4.2.(a) ). Some of these alternatives This relationship is important in a multilingual thesaurus, are dealt with in sections on the fonus of terms. Quasi� where a given hierarchy may be regarded as 'natural' in sy nonyms (as distinct from synonyms) are one linguistic culture,but not in another: temlS whose meanings are regarded as diff erentin Such fu ndamental diffe rences between the catego­ ordinary usage, but which are treated as sy nonyms rial sy stems of different language users would tend fo r indexing purposes (BS para 8.2.3. ). to indicate that the telms in these languages either A & G (p. 28) provide examples of terms representing refer to different COllcepts, or they express the points on a continuum, having a significant overlap, and same basic concepts fr om such different viewpoints specific concepts subsumed (within the scope of a parti­ that the hierarchy expressed in th e source language cular thesaurus) under broader terms. BS calls this "up­ cannot be translated, as it stands, into the target ward posting" (para 8.2.4.). The quasi-synonymity re­ language (para 11.3.2.). lationship , note BS and A & G, should only be used in UNISIST states that in this circumstance the term should fringe areas: be treated as polyhierarchical. (It) should not be used as a means fo r reducing the The third, and 'vaguest ' of the semantic relationships number offdescriptors) in an indexing language (BS is the associative relation , where terms para 8.2.3.). are not equivalents nor do they fo rm a hierarchy Each of the documents notes the most commonly-used (.. .), yet they are mentally associated to such an symbols for synonymity: USE, to lead from a non-descrip­ extent that the link between them should be made tor to a descriptor, and its converse UF (USED FOR). explicit ... (BS para 8.4.1.). UNISIST (para 4.1.) provides French and German equi­ The symbol RT (related term) is generally recommended. valents for these and other symbols. ISO (footnote,p. 7) It is interesting that A & G regard the partitive relation­ notes that these and other symbols will be changed when ship as associative rather than hierarchical (p.29). A & G international agreement has been reached. In a multilin­ give some examples of other associative relationships: a gual thesaurus, all descriptors must be matched in each property, process, attribute, application of something, language. The problems that this entails are discussed property and attribute of a process,agent and instrument in our original report. Different languages may have dif­ in a process, property ofa process (p. 30). ISO gives fur­ fe rent numbers of synonyms for any given descriptor ther exemplification (para 3.4.4.) : antonymity, genetic however, and while it is not necessary to establish cor­ relation, cause and effect, material relation, etc. It is in" respondences between non-descriptors in different lan­ teresting that while ISO (para 3.4.4.) recommends that guages, narrower term descriptors must be matched one� concepts related to a super"ordinated concept in the same to-one across the languages (ef. UNISIST para 11.2.). BS way (i.e. terms which share a common BT) should also mentions a further equivalence relationship, the Used fo r be related associatively, BS (para 8.4.2.) does not recom­ combination reference (UFe). This is for mend the association of all such "sibling tenns". UNISIST cases where a descriptor is used in combination with cautions that the validity in one language of an associa­ other descriptors to denote a concept represented tive relationship in another should be determined before by a non-descriptor (para 3.4.2. (c» , the translation is made. However, and is thus the reciprocal of a USE of semantic fa ctoring. despite this injunction, a multilingual thesawus The hierarchical relationship is should usually con tain a richer variety of associa" the basic relationship which most distinguishes a tive relationships than a monolingual thesawus in sy stematic thesaunls fr om other organised lists of the same fi eld, since it will benefi t from th e view­ terms (BS para 8.3.1.). points of different la nguage users (para 11.4.2.). The notions of broader term (BT) and narrower term (NT), or super- and subordinated term are used and ex­ plained in all the documents. There are two basic hierar� 6. Multilingual equivalence chical relfltionships: the generic and the partitive. The generic relationship (for which the special symbols BTG UNISIST (para 9) treats in detail the most important and NTG are suggested) is that of a class or category of problem for multilingual thesaurus compilers, namely the concepts and its members. The partitive relationship (sym� establishment of equivalent terms in different languages. bois BTP and NTP) is that of a whole to its parts. Exam· The document notes that exact equivalences can quite pies given in BS (para 8.3.3.) more or less relevant to this often be found, which may or may not be mutually cog­ study are geographic locations, .disciplines or fields of nate, or may discourse, and social structures. ISO notes that ifpartitive appear to express the same concept fr om diffe rent relationships are of no significance in hierarchical retrie� viewpoints (para S>.! .). . val , It might be the case however that a general C01'l1111On COf1� it is recommended that only the generic relation cept has slightly different set membership in the different be represented by hierarchical reference. In this languages (inexact equivalence). The solution according case the part�whole"relationship is treated as asso� to UNISIST is that ciative relation (para 3.4.3.). terms which diffe r only in connotation should be treated, for indexing purposes, as exact equivalents BS describes a third type of relationship: the polyhierar­ chical relationship. This is where (para 9.2')' a concept can logically be designated as a member Where terms generally refer to the same concept, but of more than one category at a time (para 8.3.4.) . strictly one term denotes a slightly broader or narrower concept (partial equivalence), two solutions are offered (para 9.3.): the preferred solution is to regard the situ a-

72 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Somers - Thesaurus construction standards tion as analogous to quasi-synonymy in a monolingual adoption of the term as a loan term, or the coining of a thesaurus. Alternatively the terms in each language are new term, in either case with an explanatoty scope note. adopted as loan terms in the other languages, and are then In para 9.6., UNISIST shows how some or all of the organised hierarchically. problems mentioned can be encountered, even in the es­ ' Three further scenarios are covered under the heading tablishment of a single equivalence. A worked example is single-to-multiple term equivalence. given, showing how an equivalent in French is found for In the first, a concept represented by a single term iri one the English term TEENAGERS. language is regarded as consisting of two or more con­ 9.4.1.). cepts in another (para The first solution requires 7. Presentation and arrangement that the single source language term be deemed to be equivalent to a combination of the more specific target While the most important aspects of a thesaurus -its language terms. A second solution treats the single source linguistic and semantic content -are dealt with as des­ term as a homograph, further specified with a qualifier cribed above, all the documents under review also consi­ or scope note. A third solution is a combination of the der the physical layout (in printed form at least) of the first two solutions, while the fourth, and least recom­ thesaurus to be important enough to merit several para­ mended, solution is to treat the source language tenn as graphs of recommendations. a loan term entering into a BT-NT relationship with the On the question of an introduction, ISO· (para 4.1.) native target language tenns. and BS (para 10.8 .2.) are both most elaborate, and the The second scenario is similar to the first, except that several recommendations were incorporated in the the single source language term can easily be factored se­ 'checklist for Social Science Thesauri' developed as part mantically into terms for which exact equivalences can of the original report. UNISIST has a similar rubric (para be established in the target language (para 9.4.2.). Three 13.2.1 '), adding that fof. a multilingual thesaurus, the in­ 'solutions, none of which is especially preferred, are formation should be given both on and in each of the offered. The first involves the factoring of the single term, languages. The introduction should also include further with re-expression where necessary of the elements as instructions particularly pertinent to problems of tracing nouns. If the original term is felt to be a likely lead-in translational equivalents of terms. tenn, it can be retained as a non-descriptor. If factoring The main part of the thesaurus is that part in which would result in distortion, then the foreign language equi­ complete infonnation on each descriptor or concept is valent is expressed as a combination of the two (or more) shown. None of the standards implies that the sy stema­ target language terms. The third solution is to devise a tic display should necessarily be the main part of the the­ coined term which will serve as an exact equivalent, add­ saurus, though A & G comment that ing a scope note stating that the term is a neologism, and early thesauri were entirely alphabetical, but (... j explaining its meaning if it is not obvious. the deficiencies of this arrangement have become The third type of single-to-multiple term equivalence apparentand the sy stematic approach is now widely is rather more complex. Here there exist exactly equiva­ accepted (p. 50). lent terms in both languages which enter into a hierarchi­ ISO recommends 'that a thesaurus should include both a cal relationship. However, there also exists in one lan­ systematic and an alphabetical display (para 4.2.), while guage an intennediate term for which no corresponding BS notes that a thesaurus which is mainly organised syste­ term in the other can be found (para 9.4.3.). Three solu­ maticaIly should have a supporting alphabetical index 9.1.), tions are given, of which the first is preferred. The first (para the link between the two parts being provided 9.3.1.). solution is similar to the second solution of scenario 2, by a system of address codes (para On the sub­ namely to establish as the target language equivalent a ject of systematic vs. alphabetical displays, BS is rather It combination of the subordinated terms, with a scope exemplificatory than advisory. is clear in all the docu­ note indicating the ·single source language term. The ments however that whatever relationships are incor� second solution involves the assignment of non-descriptor porated in the thesaurus, they should all be shown in the status to the source language tenn, associating it via a main part (whether this be hierarchical or alphabetical), USE indication with either the broader or the narrower while the amount of information contained in the auxi­ term for which the problem of non-equivalence does not liary parts may vary quite considerably from thesaurus apply. In the third solution, the source language term is to thesaurus. adopted in the target language as a loan term, as previous­ Special problems of presentation fo r multilingual the­ ly, accompanied by an explanatoty scope note, and exact sauri mentioned in UNISIST are principally those of the equivalence is established. necessity of providing independent alphabetical indexes Finally, the rarely encountered situation of non-equi­ for each language (para 12.1.2. (a» , and those of space valence is considered (para 9.5 .). This arises either where (on the printed page): a term is so culture-bound that it is unknown to users of in some circumtances a need to economise on sp ace the target language(s), and so no translation exists, or may militate against the adoption of a fo nn of dis­ where a scientific or technological tenn has only been play which would otherwise h«ve been regarded as coined in the language of the inventor, discoverer or per­ more acceptable on intellectual grounds, or more petrator of the process, operation, equipment or pheno­ convenient from the user's point of view (para menon referred to. 12.1.2. (b» . The two solutions offered, neither of which is pre­ UNISIST also notes the necessity, in the unlikely event ferred, are similar to solutions suggested for parallel pro­ of the thesaurus compilers deciding to include a multi­ blems of partial equivalence, and involve again either the lingual alphabetical index, of disambiguating interiingual

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Somers - Thesaurus construction standards 73 homographs (para 10.2.3.); indeed this practise is quite varied and in any case unsuited either to comparison or strongly not recommended elsewhere (para 12.2.2.), as conflation, it is probably not worthwhile considering in mentioned above. UNISIST notes that the adoption of great detail here these recommendations. non-language-specific sy mbols to denote the various re­ lationships displayed in thesauri might overcome any pro­ blems relating to the fact that otherwise recommended References symbols represent abbreviations selected from particular natural languages (p. 58). It is noteworthy however that (1) Sager, J. c., McNaught, J.: Guidelines for the establish­ ment of comparison and compatibility matrices between some of the symbols suggested by ISO (UNISIST, p. 59) thesauri in the Social Sciences (Report for the Division for do not appear on standard typewriter keyboards. BS the International Development of Social Science, Unesco). (p. 23) gives a slightly diffe rent set of language-indepen­ CCL/UMIST Report No. 8112. Manchester: Centre for dent symbols, noting however that "they have not yet Computational Linguistics, University of Manchester Insti­ ". tute of Science and Technology 1981 . been officially adopted (2) International Organisation for Standardization (I.S.O.): Different bases for alphabetisation are considered. Documentation: Guidelines for the establishment and Apart from the multilingual problem of variations in development of monolingual thesauri. ISO 2788, 1974. 'alphabetical order' (UNISIST, para 13.2.2. (a) ), A & G (3) British Standards Institution Guidelines for the the estab­ (p. 54) and ISO (para 4.4.) both describe two types of lishment and development of multilingual" thesauri. BS 5723, 1979. collating sequence, letter-by-letter and word·by·word, to (4) Austin, D., Waters, J.: UNISIST guidelines for the establish­ which ISO adds computer sort: in the letter-by-letter ment and development of multilingual thesauri (revised sort, spaces between words are ignored, and numerals are text). PGlj80jWSj12. Paris: Unesco 1980. sorted in ascending value, all other characters - except (5) Aitchison, J., Gilchrist, A.: Thesaurus construction: a prac­ tical manual. London: Aslib 1978. left parentheses-being ignored; in the word-by-word sort, (6) British Standards Institution: Transliteration of Cyrillic and terms beginning with a given complete word precede any Greek characters. BS 2979, 1979, . terms beginning with the same sequence of letters as part (7) British Standards Institution: Transliteration of Arabic of a word, and non-alphanumeric characters are treated characters. BS 4280, 1976. as spaces; in the so-called computer sort, tenus are sorted (8) British Standard Institution: The romanization of Japanese. OS 4812, 1976. according to a sequence of all characters, including nOll­ (9) International Organisation for Standardization (I.S,O.): alphanumerics, determined by particular implementa­ International system for the transliteration of Slavic Cyrillic tions, so that typically for example U.K. comes after characters, ISO/R 9, 1968. URUGUAY (because full-stop sorts lower than 'R'). (10) Internatidnal Organisation for Standardization (I.S,O.): In­ ternational system for the transliteration of Arabic charac­ Both A & G (p. 50) and BS (para 9.2.1.) make recom­ ters. ISOjR 233, 1961. mendations about how information for each term should (11) International Organisation for Standardization (I.S.0,): be presented, suggesting a specific order in which the dif­ Transliteration of Hebrew, ISO/R 259, 1962, ferent relationships should be set out. The two corres­ (12) International Organisation for Standardization (I.S.0,): International system for the transliteration of Greek cha­ pond in their recommendations: the descriptor,preceded racters into Latin characters. ISO/R 843, 1968, by its address code, is followed by, in this order, scope (13) Engineers Joint Council (E.J,C.): Rules for preparing and notes, synonyms, hierarchical relations (broader before updating engineering thesauri. New York: E,J.C. 1965, narrower), then associative relations. As A&Gcomment, this is in any case the most common layout. The three standards describe in a more or less exempli­ Mr, H. L. Somers ficatory rather than recommendatory fashion the possi­ UMIST, The University of Manchester bilities of including as one of the auxiliary parts of the Institute of Science and Technology_ P,Q.Box 88, thesaurus a graphic display (ISO para 4.3.4., BS para 9.4., Manchester M60 lQD UNISIST para 12.4.). Since these possibilities are so England

WI SSENSSTRUKTUREN UND ORDNUNG SMU STER

(Structures of Knowledge and Patterns of Order)

Proceedings der 4. Fachtagung der Gesellschaft fUr Klassifikation e.V. , Salzburg, 16. -19. April 1980. Red. : Wolfgang Dahlberg . Frankfurt/Main INDEKS VERLAG 1980. 368 p. , DM 65 . - (ca 27. _ $)

Contains the six plenary lectures (by Walter Oberschelp , Carsten Bresch , Rudolf Haase , Wilhelm Totok , Janos S. Petofi and Ingetraut Dahlberg) with extensive discuss ions as well as 15 papers of session meetings (by H. G. Korner , W. Zwirner, - P.O. Degens , F.Jo chum , M.Koch , S.Rosch , F. Sei­ telberger , Ch. Weinberger., Arno Muller , O.Sechser , J.Holzl , H.Monke , J. Panyr , Ota Weinberger , B.Maassen , also with discus sions) on structures of knowledge and patterns of order as these may be found in six main areas of human knowledge and activity. Concludingly reports on the SIGs.

74 Intern, Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Somers - Thesaurus construction standards monolithic compilation which will eventually devour all existing information languages (ILs) apart from the high­ Jean Aitchison ly specialised. On closer examination, however, it emer­ ges that the Integrated Thesaurus is not intended io sup­ Integration of Thesauri in the plant well-established thesauri in the social sciences but Social Sciences* will be a master reference document providing : (a) A standard against which existing thesauri and clas­ sification systems may be compared and subse.­ Aitchison, J.: Integration of thesauri in the social sciences. quently amended and improved. In: Intern. Classif. 8 (1981) No. 2, p. 75-85, 18 refs. (b) A means of indicating compatibility between exiit­ TIle paper discusses the objectives, characteristics and compila­ ing ILs and to facilitate movement from one IL to tion of the proposed Integrated Thesaurus of the Social Sciences. another in database searching. The Integrated Thesaurus is not intended to supplant well-estab­ (c) An aid in translation of descriptors from one natural lished thesauri, but to act as a master reference tool, which could serve as an aid in searching across data bases or as a switching language to another. mechanism. The fi rst step in compilation should be the merging (d) A switching tool or intermediate lexicon for the of terms to fOlm a Descriptor Bank. This can reveal both mat­ transfer of indexed data between systems using in­ ches and inconsistencies, but is limited by its verbal and alpha­ compatible ILs. betical approach. To compare the merged terms at the concept level analysis in sub-fields is proposed within a classification fra­ (e) The tagging of discrete subject fields and sub-fields mework, preferably one with a faceted structure, such as the in the social sciences for use in characterising sour� second edition of the Bliss Bibliographic Classification. The clas­ ces, centres and services providing information in sification would serve as the master against which the terms from these fields. the merged information languages, arranged in a compatibility (I) . A ready-made system to be adopted by any organi­ matrix , would be compared. The master classification would be modified during interaction with the matrix terms, and emerge sation not Wishing to· develop its own thesaurus. as the Integrated Thesaurus in a format similar to that of the BSI (g) A source of terms and their relationships in the ROOT Thesaurus, having a detailed classified display and full fringe areas of a specialised thesaurus covering other alphabetical section. The compatibility data could be displayed disciplines. either in the classified or alphabetical section. An example is worked out in the sub-field of Unemployment using terms from 5 thesauri and the UDC. Finally consideration is given to multi­ lingual implications, testing and updating. (Author) 2. Characteristics of the Integrated Thesaurus An IL which can perform the tasks required of the Inte­ grated Thesaurus must encompass all social science o. Introduction fields, operate at a lllgh level of specificity, comply with standards on th.esaurus construction, provide a classified Universal classification systems, such as the Dewey Deci­ as well as an alphabetical display and be available in mal Classification (DC) or the Library of Congress Classi­ multilingual versions. fication (LC) have long been an essential feature of bi­ bliographic classification, whereas the construction of an 2.1. Subject scope in-depth Thesaurus extended to all fields of knowledge has not yet been attempted. The thesaurus has always Although the Integrated Thesaurus is intended to cover been predominantly oriented towards special subject all social sciences fields there has not yet been a ruling fields or specific organisations and not amenable to con­ on the inclusion or exclusion of certain disciplines such tainment or integration within a possibly restricting glo­ as Education or Psychology or Religion. A decision will bal system. However, the time may now be ripe for a bid have to be made soon on what constitutes the social to create not a universal, but at least a pan-disciplinary sciences for the purposes of the Integrated Thesaurus. thesaurus covering the subject areas which make up the 2.2. Specificity social sciences. The move towards integration is being given impetus by the increasing diversity of terminology The Integrated Thesaurus must be as specific as the most in existing social science thesauri, which hinders effec­ specific IL included in the system if it is to operate tive corrununication and efficient information processing effectively as a switching mechanism for the transfer of and retrieval, not least when searching across several on­ indexed data and as a master in compatibility studies. line databases. Unesco has already taken the first steps Research carried out in the United Kingdom by Verina towards the establishment of an Integrated Thesaurus of Horsnell (2, 3) on an Intermediate Lexicon established the Social Sciences and some initial Investigations are that there is loss of information when the switching lan­ underway following a Consultative Meeting in June 1980 guage is broader than the ILs to be translated, since organised in Paris by the Division for the International specificity in the source language translated into the Development of the Social Sciences. broad intermediate language cannot be restored in the target language. Specificity is equally important to the Integrated Thesaurus in its role as the master in compa­ 1. Objectives rison studies between ILs. If the Integrated Thesaurus From a cursory study ofthe Final report (1) of the Con­ has a broad level cut-off point, the compatibility be­ sultative Meeting, it might seem that the objective is a tween terms from ILs below this level will not be so * Invited Paper presented at CONTA Conference, Bielefeld, easy to discern. A ruling still has to be made on the May 24 -27, 1981. problem of whether to exclude frolll integration highly

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Aitchison - Thesaurus integration 75 specialised thesauri and classification systems in narrow his Guidelines recommends, in addition, that a checklist subject areas and those which have a purely national, be compiled for all thesauri in the social sciences which regional or local bias. If these are excluded the overall would not only supply comprehensive information on specificity l.evel of the Integrated Thesaurus will be reo coverage, relationships and format but also give compu­ duced. tational details of thesauri in machine-readable fonn. 2.3. Conformity with standards 4. Descriptor Bank The Integrated Thesaurus should be compiled following closely standards on thesaurus construction. For mono­ In the Final report (I) of the Consultative Committee it lingual thesauri International Standard 2788 (4) reviews is proposed that the feasibility should be examined of the basic relationships and vocabulary control. It is now the setting up of a computerized Descriptor Bank as an undergoing revision and a new edition is expected. interim step in the construction of an Integrated Thesau­ British Standard 5723 (5) deals with relationships and rus. The Descriptor Bank would incorporate and merge vocabulary control, but also provides rules on retention the contents of existing social science thesauri already in and factoring of compound terms and recommends machine-readable form and include scope notes and defi­ forms of layout and display. For multilingual thesauri a nitions, information on foreign language equivalents and comprehensive proposal has now been issued (6) with a term interrelationships. As well as providing a source of UNISIST imprint. The requirements of these standards terms for the Integrated Thesaurus the Descriptor Bank are summarised in "Observations on standards and would give, in its own right, a useful service, not least in guidelines concerning thesaurus construction" (7). He re­ indicating how great the overlap of terminology is in the commends the use of international reference codes, social sciences. Appendix I contains a set of merged given in the standards, as an alternative to monolingual terms within the sub·field of Unemployment, giving codes. This implies that the codes BT/NT/RT would be some indication of the value of a Descriptor Bank. The replaced by (/)/ - for 'Broader term', 'Narrower term' five ILs, coded A·E represent A: Macrothesaurus (9), B: and 'Related term', in the Integrated Thesaurus. Political Science Thesaurus (10), C: SPINES Thesau· rus (10), D: UNESCO Thesaurus (12), E: Thesaurus on 2.4. Method of term display Youth (13) (to be published late 1981). Some narrower In accordance,wUh standard requirements the Integrated and related terms have been omitted in order to reduce Thesaurus should have both alphabetical and systematic the size of the entries to manageable proportions for the sections. In order to 'tag subject fields and sub-fields' it purpose of this paper. The entry for the term Unemploy· must include a disciplinary classification structure as ment is reproduced here. well as displays of hierarchies. The usefulness of the clas­ sificatory approach in the compilation of the Integrated UNEMPLOYMENT A:13.0J.03 B:S06.0655 C:7335 D:Q55.40 Thesaurus is discussed fully in paragraph 5. E:HG

2.5. Multilingual characteristics < Deprivation - - E < Employment A - C D E The final document should be a multilingual tool in < Employment characteristics - B French, German, Spanish and other languages, but it i� < Social disadvantage - - - D - likely that the first version will be in English. Multilin· < Social problems A - > Cyclical unemployment A - E gual problems are discussed more fully in paragraph 10. > Frictional unemployment - - - - E > Seasonal unemployment A - E 2.6. Size > Structural unemployment ABC - E An estimate of the size of the Integrated Thesaurus is > Technical unemployment A C - - > Technological unemployment - B difficult to make. The number of terms (preferred and > Youth unemployment A - - D E non-preferred ones but excluding identifiers) might total - Business cycle A - C - - anything from 15-30,000. The size of the Integrated - Deflation - - C - Thesaurus will depend in part on the overlap of terms in - Economic recession A existing thesauri, which could be substantial. A glance at - Employme"nt opportunities - - C - Employment policy - - C the contents of thesauri in Education reveals numerous - Employment services - - C sociological, cultural and psychological terms, whilst a - Full employment ABC look through a Political Science thesaurus shows many - Job training - B - terms from Economics and Sociology. The size will also - Labour market - B - - Labour supply ABC depend on whether highly specialised ILs are included. - Right to work - B - - E - Unemployed A - - D - - Unemployed people --- E - Unemployed persons - B - 3. Bibliography and checklist of Information Languages Unemployment benefits E An essential preliminary task in the establishment of the Unemployment insurance A - C - Unemployment insurance policy - B Integrated Thesaurus is the listing of existing ILs in the - Unemployment policy - B social sciences. A comprehensive bibliography on dic­ Welfare policy - B tionaries, thesauri and special classification schemes is in course of compilation by Mrs. M. Krommer-Benz. This This entry and the ones in the Appendix I show that bibliography will be kept up·to-date and should include (a) The Descriptor Bank reveals exact matches and non· also advanced notice of ILs in preparation. Sager (8) in matches between terms in different ILs. For exam-

76 Intern. Classifieat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Aitchison - Thesaurus integration pie, Unemployment matches exactly in all five ILs, be the nearest equivalent to Unemployment Insurance in but Structural Unemployment coincides in no more IL A and IL C, but mere merging of terms would not than three and Frictional Unemployment occurs in establish this. Verbal merging also excludes concepts one only. fr om classification systems where the terminology is im­ (b) It includes definition and scope notes and draws precise or phrase-like, and which can only be handled by attention to conflicting interpretations of the mean· a conceptual compatibility matrix as described by Dahl­ ing of a term. ber� in her Guidelines (14). The Descriptor Bank, in ad­ (c) It shows inexact and partial equivalences between dition, lacks a subject framework in which to evaluate terms, provided this information is built into the the constituent entries. Individual alphabetical term en­ equivalence relationship structure of the constituent tries caD show differing levels of specificity and inconsis· ILs. For example: tency between ILs, but the entries need to be brought Unemployment benefits IL:E together in context, within a sub-field so that gaps in coverage, redundancies, and inaccuracies in relationships --+ Social security IL:D may be discerned more easily. --+ Unemploment insurance IL:A (d) It acts as a visual guide to assist the user in moving 5_ The role of classification from one IL to another. The searcher wishing to transfer from a database indexed by IL A to one Since conceptual analysis is more readily accomplished indexed by IL C can deduce from the entries under within limited subject areas, such as Marriage, the Fami­ Unemployment that although he can continue to ly, or Social Class or Unemployment an overall classified use the term Structural Unemployment he must strllc·ture is required which will locate and reveal these broaden the search to Unemployment if he wishes areas within main disciplines and subject fields. The sub­ to search for Cyclical Unemployment, as that term field Unemployment, for example, would be placed is absent from IL C. mainly within Economics but also in Social Welfare, and (e) The Descriptor Bank also highlights variations in Marriage found within ·Sociology but also in Psychology depth of coverage and also differences in the treat­ and Social Welfare. ment of narrower and related terms. The classified approach has certain advantages over the (I) The Descriptor Bank also gives the natural language purely alphabetical. During compilation, terms can be equivalents of merged terms from multilingual the­ considered in context, and using facet techniques the sauri and discloses any variations in translation which underlying structure of the sub-field can be discovered might occur. showing gaps in coverage and new interrelationships. Sager in his Guidelines (8) discusses the merging of the­ Translation of terms between natural languages is also sauri into a Descriptor Bank and appears to suggest that facilitated when terms can be considered together in sub­ this would include automatic confounding of singulars ject areas. The -structure provided by a faceted classifica· and plurals and of alternative spellings, for example, 'La­ tion assists at the updating stage the insertion of new bour' and 'Labour'. With some prior editing he implies it terms and suggests their relationships. In published the­ might also be possible to merge terms which are alter­ sauri the classified display provides an overview of the native wordforms and near synonyms of the same COll­ extent and quality of coverage in any subject area while cept, for example, Unemployed, Unemployed Person, the notation (i. e. class codes) may be used to tag and Unemployed People. It is also assumed that the Descrip­ retrieve sub·sets in database searching of to make explo. tor Bank will be able to show how some terms occur as sion.type searches on hierarchies using truncated nota· both preferred and non-preferred terms. tion, and so reduce the labour of compiling the search For example: program. Sager in his Guidelines says that TECHNICAL UNEMPLOYMENT IL:A IL:C the classification system must be catholic and broad enough to < Unemployment IL:A IL:C accommodate all the branches of the social sciences to be en· compassed by the Integrated Thesaurus Technical unemployment This specification could be satisfied by any of the uni­ --+ Structural unemployment IL:E versal classification systems whether DC, LC, the Univer­ The Descriptor Bank per se has its immediate uses, sal Decimal Classification (UDC) or the Broad System of especially in database searching, but it does not provide Ordering (BSO). However, breadth of coverage is not the all the requirements of the Integrated Thesaurus. For only requirement, as depth of treatment is also essential. example, if it embraces only machine-readable items it BSO has been shown by Dahlberg (15) to be insufficient­ excludes the many manually produced thesauri and spe­ ly detailed for the Integrated Thesaurus; but the univer­ cial classification systems which still exist. sal classification systems, especially LC and UDC have Another defiency is its purely verbal approach; this the necessary depth of coverage. However, a further cha­ means that it does not show inexact and partial equiva­ racteristic is needed for a classification for use in the lences between concepts which have not been revealed Integrated Thesaurus: it must have an internal structure by the cross-reference structure in the merged ILs_ Tech­ compatible with that of thesauri. This means it must nical Unemployment for instance in ILs A & C and organise concepts in a logical way, at the term rather Technological Unemployment in ILB are separate terms than at the subject level, so that it can serve as the in the Descriptor Bank (see Appendix 1)_ They are proba­ master in a compatibility matrix for comparing terms bly synonymous, but this fact is not recorded. Similarly, from thesauri as well as notation from classification Unemployment Insurance Policy in IL B seems likely to systems in the sub-fields of the Integrated Thesaurus_

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Aitchison - Thesaurus integration 77 Fig.1 .

BLISS BIBLIOGRAPHIC CLASSIFICATION OUTLINE

Ol'TLH.r:S OF TilE COM!'LJ:n: CLASSlfJC\TION ------

2 Gcn(> ralift : Plly:> iClil forms nnd forns of llrrang�n!cnt " Phenomena : attribu les, Hctivitiefl, cindtic!> 7 Know1eclp.£'_. inCanta tion, conunulliclltion Discipl ines A Pbilosophy AM HathclMtics AZ Science B Physical sci (:nct�!> E Bio logica l sciences II Man, nntln"0l'0ln;;y Physical : Inl'_dicine, >sychology JIZ Social r.cipnccl: and humani ties --�------SECOND OU1'LTNE

2 Gcneralia physical forr.lf; of documents [Travel and dl.'scriptionJ 3 Ghlfrali;;. (orms of llrrs_ and prOCf.!sses, entities LI History, by period 7 Universe of knowledge II Europe -tf-e tltods (If enqui ry. r{!sFcarch N America Di fldpli.nes, forM� of irno<,;ll'dge OA AU 5tra!ia CCtrr::uunica tion and inf OliLa tioI, OH A�i a Media : semiotics, aural end visual OS Mrica cor..lluuni cation P Religion Recorded infon: ....ti.oll : information sciences pp, Sys ter..a tic theolozy and technologies PF Reli giolls systems, institutions Data pr.occ..ssing, con;puter science PG Ancient religions 8 Recorcls, cocumentati('n PI Modern religions 9 Ma':ls communication, publicity, puhlic opinion PX Occult Dif:cirline:.s py Mora ls. ethic:; A Phi losophy Q Social "]c lfan� and admiili f-tration AL Logic QE Social Ecrv.i CC5 A>! Mr, thematics QG Cause!> of ll(';tO:G, persons in need AW St;>tistics and probability R Pc liti C� 1 scl('nce IS. Sy& tem::.lof,Y, orp,anis at-ion theory, management RO Public administra tion AY Science and technology S Law AZ SciencE.< T Economi cs � Physics TT Economic systems po Tee.hnologies based primarily on physics TX Hanage.r.lent of €!ntErprises (* Alternative is UF) U • Technolop,Y. useful arts C Chemistry UA AgLiculture and animal exploitation CT Materials science and technology UD l-Hning I-echnology (* Alternative is UG) UE Engincp.rinz and -produc tion tee.hnolosy D Astronomy UF Physics-based technolog�es DG Space Bcience (* Al ternative to BS) DH Earth sciences UG Mater. ials science and technology llBA GeophysIcs, geology, hydro logy ,meteo rology (* Alt�rnative to CT) DT Geography UHe Cons.truction technology : civil engineering, DTA Regional geography bui lding DU Systema tic, analytical geography UM ArchitC!cture and physical planning physical, hu:nall UN Public hefl:l th engineering E Bi.ology UO Transport technology EV Microbiology US Hilitary science and technology F Botany UT Other technologies. by product C' Zoology UV Food, clothing, housing If Mah, ant.hropology UY Recreative arts RA Human biology V Arts, fine arts HH Health sciences , medicine V7 Subjects in art, style in art I Psychology VB Architecture as an art (sC'(>: also UJ) J Education VE Plastic arts : sculpture:- Slyp tics, eeramics K Social sciencs VJ Graphic arts : painting. drawing •.• KA Sociology VP Reprograph ic and decorativE' arto- KC Social anthropology VV Music KK Cus toms VY Performing arts KM Folklore W Philo) og}' : lar.guage aud lite rature KO Ethnography WA Linguistics KT Environment. social Eocology WI Individu<,l languages and th(';ir literatures KY Travel and descrip t ion YU Literature : general and comparative

78 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Aitchison - Thesaurus integration There is one Universal Classification system, the second of cross-references in the various thesauri. An operation edition of the Bibliographic Classification of H. E. Bliss of this sort would be necessary, even if a Descriptor (BC2) (16) which meets most of these requirements. The Bank is available, for the selection of terms from non­ . work on the revision of BC2 is in progress under the computerised vocabularies and classification systems. direction of Jack Mills, assisted by his colleagues, Vanda Once all the merged terms and codes are assembled, Broughton, Eric Coates and others at the Polytechnic of they may then be compared with the master classification North London. The second edition retains the carefully by listing them against the master, in parallel columns, planned order of basic classes for which the first edition according to ILs, to form a compatibility matrix. has been praised (see Fig. 1). The concepts and termino­ logy are up-to-date and specificity is pitched more tow­ ards periodical than monograph literature. Publication 7. Integrated Thesaurus formation from matrix began in 1977 and by mid-1981 a number of classes falling within the social sciences have been published During the comparison with the ILs, the BC2 master will including Class I Psychology and Psychiatry, Class J Edu­ undergo change and amendment. The reviseg. c1assificaM cation, Class P Religion, Class Q Social Welfare. Other tion is then set out in a format suitable for input to the classes are near publication .and available in penultimate computer. The resulting output will form the sub-field drafts, for example, Class T Economics and Management for Unemployment in the new Integrated Thesaurus. and Class K SOciety (includes Culture and Sociology). (See Figs. 3-5) There are also early drafts of Class R Political Science A computer program which can handle this type ofclas­ and Class S Law, which might need updating from other sified display is British Standards Institution's ROOT specific faceted classifications, before they are ready to system ,developed for the ROOT Thesaurus (18), but use in a compatibility matrix. capable of handling social science as well as technical subjectS. A feature of the ROOT systems is that unlike BC2, which enters a concept in as many subject fields 6. Subject field analysis and sub-fields as it may legitimately occur, the ROOT Within each sub-field, analysis of the terms from the ILs system requires that a term sp.ould be entered once in its to be integrated may be accomplished using a conceptual most appropriate location and be shown as a crossMrefeM compatibility matrix as shown in Dahlberg's Guide­ rence elsewhere. From the schedule on Unemployment lines (14). One way to create such a matrix is to provide in Fig. 3 set out in the ROOT format it can be seen that a baseline document or master classification system. a decision was made to consider Unemployment InsUfM Margaret Block in her research at the United States De­ ance and Unemployed People in Class Q Social Welfare. partment of Health (17) compiled a classification to act CrossMreferences to these related terms now placed in as the baseline against which existing ILs were com paM other schedules are given immediately below the term red. In the case of the Integrated Thesaurus it is sugges­ Unemployment using international symbols preceded by ted that BC2 might be used as the master. It would not, asterisks. however, be an inflexible standard, but be open to chan­ ge and amendment under the influence of the ILs in the TLE Unemployment matrix. At the end of the exercise it would emerge as the • Unemployed people QGX Integrated Thesaurus, transformed possibly in content '-- Unemployment insurance QFG.G and certainly in format. For the purpose of illustrating the process of analysis and development at the sub-field Extracts showing corresponding entires for these terms level the subject of Unemployment is again taken as the in Social Welfare Q are given in Figs. 4 und 5. example. Changes in the original BC2 master shown in Figs. 3, 4 and 5 are due to its interaction with terms from the ILs 6.1. Selection of master classification to be integrated. These ILs A-E are the same as those The main place for Unemployment in BC2 is in Class T represented in the Descriptor Bank illustrated in Appen­ Economics and Management, although it also occurs as a dix I, with the addition of IL F, Abridged English Edi­ social problem in Class Q Social Welfare. In Class T Un­ tion of the UDC. The terminology has again been redu­ employment is placed under Employment within Labour ced in size and modified to make the displays more Economics. An extract from the relevant section of Class meaningful. The amendments to the BC2 master inclu­ T is shown in Fig. 2. de: 6.2. Comparison of master and fLs in matrix Terms and class codes related to the subject of Unem­ 7. 1. Addition of new terms ployment in the ILs to be integrated are at this stage The BC2 master is extended by the addition of new brought together. If the Descriptor Bank exists, a print­ terms, for example Youth Unemployment TLE.QY in out of relevant terms could be obtained provided the Fig. 3 taken from ILs A, D and E and Unemployed entries have been broadly classified by subject field. The Young People at QGX.LR in Fig. 5 taken from IL E. resulting collection of merged terms might include a batch of entries similar to that found in Appendix I. Supposing, however, that there is no Descriptor Bank, a 7. 2. Deletion of terms similar collection of merged terms on Unemployment Regional Unemployment in Fig. 3 is assumed to have could be produced by checking the terms in the master been deleted from BC2 after being discarded by subject and against the ILs and then by following the network experts.

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Aitchison - Thesaurus integration 79 00 o Fig.2. Fig.2. (Cont'd. ) BLISS BIBLIOGRAPHIC CLASSIFICATION SUB-FIELD UNEMPLOYMENT (in Closs T Economics and Management penultimate draft) ECONOMICS Be1 ECONOMICS � (ECONOMIC RESOURCES) (ECJNOMIC RESOURCES) « Types of resources Factors of production) « Types of resources Factors of production) (LABOUR ECONOMICS l (LABOUR ECONOMICS l « Demand for labour} Employment , aggregate employment, « Supply, demand and exchange)) (Levels of employment ) . (Mobility of labour, immo bility) � (Unemplo�ent , involuntary unemployment ) (Skill str�ctuxe. career structuxe ) « Fo=s of unemploym�nt )) «By various characteri stics) (Redundancies (general )) TLll LR Physical characteristics TLE ND Sectoral unemploymen� 1S Educational characteristics NE Regional unemployment NF Frictional unemployment M (llemand for labour) Eb.ployment, aggregate employment� *" Resulting from immobility of labour and unemployment and employment togethe'r time gaps when changing jobs. * Includes works on employment and unemp loyment NH Temporary, layoffs levels NK Induced retirements (Policy) (Unemployables) see -Persons TLW Vffi MJ3 Employment policy P Mass- unemployment · (Selection) � TLF L 1'G. Cyclioal unemployment (Reduction) � TLF XG PR Seasonal unemployment MBR (:Fluctuations) ., Casual unemployment PT Structural unemployment N Levels of employment * Caused by longte= changes in consumer P Full employment demand and in technology Q Employment to capacity (special to Management) PV Techr�cal, technological unemployment TOM R Partial employment (Specific oauses) S Short-time working P\I Automation a- T Under-employment PX Disguised unemployment � See also Participation rate TLD EF ? TLE � Unemployment, involuntary unemployment TOM PY Invisible unel!lployment n (Theories) * Potential labour not registered 4FA Philips curve (e.g. married women, illegal immigrants. ) 5[ 9T (Welfare economics) Q Lcwered intensity of labour 0 Add to TLE ' 9T letters A/Y following QF QR Overmaiming � in QFA/QFY so far as is necessary. QS Short time working 00 9TF K Unemployment benefits, relief, dole, QV Voluntary unemployment - *" Eco=mic aspects only * Persons who choose not to �rk for '" See also under Social Welfare � some reason. 00 - 9"" Unemployment insuranC"e .AN Rat, (Types of employment) Z � Duration of unemployment R Apprenticeships � (Regulation and 'cont�l) (Cocpensator,y) see Unemp loyment control T.LE IN '" See also Employment policy TLIl ME (Ey time factor) > TLE J Job creation programmes RT Permanent employment (usually as�ed) Putlio works, us�!ul publio woxks � S Temporary employment ". n 'Di:cect labour ST Casual employment $" m Compensatory employment See also Casual unemployment T.LE PS " JP Special grants to employers "" Seasonal employment (Refiationary measures) � TES R See also Seasonal unemployment T1E PR ..., K Even distribution of work, work sharing T Contr.:l.ct "VJ.;�_ ". *" By reduoing working hours, banning TIT Eomework, outwork � overtioe , etc. * Done at hOl!le . supplied to factories, etc. L Restricting entry of certain categories T' L1X.lIp labour c� of workers, num eruo clausus, quo tas Full-t�e work (usually assumed) • TO( · M Retraining schemes, government retraining y Pa!'t-ti!lle work . S sohemes 'N ]'I!oonli.;"hti�.;l; � MP Govcrr� ent retraining centres ';X SpecL.:l,L�=�u e�ployment � .,..{ ::'':'"�;''' 'l..."l.o.!

TLE.PV Technical unemployment A:13.01.03 B:S06.0657 C:6949 D E Structural F:<331.063 = Technological Technological unemployment Unemployment unemployment unemployment HGGS types

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Aitchison - Thesaurus integration 81 layout is the same as that of the classified section in the Synonym UNESCO Thesaurus, except that asterisked entries are ---+ Descriptor. Nt?tation given under the term in the display for all, rather than a **Synthesised term. Notation selection of broader, narrower and related terms appear­ ---+ Descriptor A. ing elsewhere in the schedules. From this style of 'em­ + Descriptor B. bedded' classified display a full alphabetical section may be generated by computer. The ROOT program Descriptor A + Descriptor B includes scope notes in the· Classified display, but it = **Synthesised term. Notation might be preferable if the lengthy definitions and detail­ ed scope notes likely to occur in the social sciences were and the same for Descriptor B. printed out in the alphabetical section only of the Inte­ grated Thesaurus. The notation used for the Integrated For example: Thesaurus could be similar to that of BC2 although some adjustments might be required to make it more amen­ Technological unemployment able to computer searching. ---+ Technical unemployment TLE.PV

9.2. Printeddisplay of the matrix **Youth Unemployment TLE.QY ---+ Unemployment A suitable form for the published matrix display will not .+ Youth be easy to devise. The matrix presentation in Figs. 3, 4 and 5 is already overcrowded with six ILs and it is Unemployment likely that the average matrix will include more than this + Youth -· = **Youth unemployment TLE'.QY number. A larger size page or photoreduction might be required. An aliernative to displaying the matrix in the Youth classified section could be to transfer the information to + Unemployment the alphabetical section. (See para. 9.3.) = **Youth unemployment TLE.QY

9.3. The alphabetical section The alphabetical section serves mainly as an entry to the The alphabetical section is derived automatically from classified display, where the compatibility matrix will be the classified display in the ROOT system and contains found. Alternatively, the alphabetical section might be all the information (to one hierarchical level) in a con­ used instead of the classified for the display ofcom­ ventional thesaurus format, using the same international patibility data, with the information tabulated immediate­ symbols as found in the classified display. ly below each descriptor entry (see figure 6), e.g.: TECHNICAL UNEMPLOYMENT TLE.PV Descriptor. Notation A 13.01.03 Foreign language equivalent(s) B S06.0657 Technological Unemployment [Definition or scope note 1 C 6949 Non-preferred synonym or quasi-synonym < Broader term in the same part of the display etc. > Narrower term in the same part of the display This type of tabulated display can be handled more - Related term in the same part of the display *< Broader term in another part of the display. Notation readily by the computer, but it lacks the comprehensive *> Narrower term in another part of the display. Notation overview of subject field compatibility provided by the *- Related term in another part of the display. Notation matrix in the classified display.

9.4. Other display Examples: Unemployment TLE A permuted index should be included to supplement the < Employment alphabetical section by ensuring the retrieval of second > Cyclical unemployment and third words within compound terms. In addition it > Frictional unemployment > Structural unemployment might be helpful to have, as in the UNESCO Thesaurus, > Temporary unemployment a Top Term (TT) display to gather together under top­ > Youth unemployment terms hierarchies of broader and narrower terms which * < Deprivation QGP may cut across the classified arrangement. * - Deflation TEJ.F * - Economic recession TOO * - Redundancy TUF.xK 10. Multilingual processes *- Unemployed People QGX *- Unemployment insurance QFG.G The first draft of the Integrated Thesaurus is likely to be in English with versions in other languages follOWing in Technical unemployment TLE.PV [Unemployment due to displacement of certain due course. The French version would be compared with occupations by technology] monolingual French thesauri, and the German version = Technological unemployment with monolingual German thesauri, and so on for other < Structural unemployment languages. This operation could result in alterations to * - Technological change UAH the structure of the French aud German and other lan­ guage versions of the Integrated Thesaurus, which would The non-descriptors may be synonyms or synthesised have to be transmitted back to the original English ver­ terms, having the following sion.

82 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Aitchison - Thesaurus integration II. Testing and updating [8J Sager, J, C. et al.: Guidelines for the establishment of com­ As the draft for each sub-field is completed it would be parison and compatibility matrices between thesauri in the social sciences, submitted to the Unesco Division for the input to the computer and printed out as a classified International Development of Social Sciences. Manchester: display, matrix and alphabetical index. This printout University of Manchester, Institute of Science and Techno­ would be discussed, tested, modified and corrections logy 1981. 3 vols. input. Subject fields completed earlier would be enlarged 19] Vict, Jean: Macrothresaurus for information processing in the field of economic and social development. New English and amended automatically as reciprocal asterisked en­ ed. prepared by Jean Viet. Paris : OECD 1978. tries .are input from broader, narrower and related terms 1l0}Beck, Carol et al.: Political science thesaurus 2; revised and in other sub-fields completed later. The full alphabetical expanded second ed. Pittsburg: University Center for Inter­ thesaurus would not be printed out until the whole of national Studies 1979. the classified section is completed and corrected. When [11jSPINES Thesaurus: a controlled and structured vocabulary of science and technology for policy-making, management both classified and alphabetical parts are output, check­ and development. Paris: Unesco Press 1976. 4 vols. ed and corrected, the thesaurus would be ready for pho­ Il2JAitchison, Jean: UNESCO thesaurus: a structured list of tocomposition and printing. Continuous updating would descriptors for indexing and retrieving literature in the fields be necessary after publication ·so that new published edi­ of education, science, social science, culture and communi­ cation . Paris : Unesco 1977. 2 vols. tions might be produced at regular intervals, and an up­ I13JAitchison Jean et al.: Thesaurus on youth: an integrated to-date version be available for online display. classification and thesaurus for youth affairs and related to­ pics, compiled in association with Inese A. Smith and Susan 12. Administrative aspects Thompson. Leicester: National Youth Bureau 1981. {14 J Dahlberg, Ingetraut: Toward establishment ofcompatibility It is not within the scope of this paper to suggest the between indexing languages. In: Intern. Classif. 8 (1981) administrative machinery necessary to organise the con­ No. 2, p. 86-91 struction of the Integrated Thesaurus. The work would [15IDahlbcrg, Ingetraut: The Broad System of Ordering (BSO) as a basis for an Integrated Social Sciences Thesaurus: In: probably be undertaken by working groups, supervised Intern. Classificat. 7 (1980) No. 2, p, 66-72, by an Editorial Committee, with access to subject ex· 116JMills, J., Broughton, V.: Bliss Bibliographic Classification, perts. The elapsed time for the completion of the Eng­ vol. 1. Introduction and auxiliary schedules; Class H Human lish language version might be three years and the multi- biology and health sciences Class I Psychology and psychia­ . try; Class J Education ; Class P Religion ; Class Q Social wel­ lingual edition a further two years. fare. London: Butt0rworth 1977. [17JBlock, Margaret L.: Analysis of existing controlled vocabu­ 13. Conclusions laries: Women's E'ducational Equity Communications Net­ work. Princeton. New Jersey. United States Department of An Integrated Thesaurus could have a valuable role to Health Education and Welfare. Educational Testing Service play as a reference standard, switching tool and compa­ 1978. rison and compatibility matrix in the improvement of [181British Standards Institution: BSI ROOT Thesaurus. 2 vols. communication and information retrieval in the soCial Hemel Hempstead: BSI 1981. sciences. It would encourage the enhancement of exist­ ing ILs and increase the overall understanding of social science concepts. The compilation of such an Integrated Thesaurus is likely to be a time-consuming and intellec· tually demanding task. However, if fuller consideration is given to compilation techniques, solutions may emerge which will simplify the process, making the task of com­ pilation well within the capability and resources of infor­ mation and social science experts. Technical unemployment TLE.PV References: A 13.01.03 B S06.067 Technological unemployment II UNESCO: Division for the International Development of I C 6949 Compatibility the Social Sciences. Consultative Meeting on the Establish­ D Data ment of an Integrated Thesaurus of the Social Sciences ; Pa­ --+ I E Structural unemployment HGCS ris, 9-11 June, 1980. Final Report. Paris: Unesco 1980, F < 331.6.063 unemployment types [2J HorsneU, V.: Intermediate Lexicon for Information science: [ Unemployment due to displacement of certain occupations a feasibility study, London: Polytechnic of North London, by technology J School of Librarianship 1974. Technological unemployment {3] Horsnell, V. Merrett, Alicia: Intermediate Lexicon research < Structural unemployment project, phase 2. London: Polytechnic of North London, * - Technological change UAH School of Librarianship 1978. {4] InternationalStandards Organisation: International Standard 2788: Guidelines for the establishment and development of monolingual thesauri. Geneva : ISO 1974. Fig. 6 Compatibility Data Displayed in Alphabetical Section ISJ British Standards Institution: British Standard 5723: 1979, Guidelines for the establishment and development of mono­ lingual thesauri, London: BSI 1979. [6J UNISIST: Guidelines for the establishment and develop­ ment of multilingual thesauri. Revised text. (PGl/8 Jean Aitchi:son 0!WS/12). Paris : Unesco 1980. 12 Sollershott West 17J Somers, H. L.: Observations on standards and Guidelines con­ Letchworth cerning thesaurus construction. In: Intern. Classif. 8 (1981) Herts, SG6 3PX, No. 2. p. 69-74 UK

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Aitchison - Thesaurus integration 83 00 .,.

F13·3·

II\'T EGRAT::O TCiESAtJRIJS _ CLASSI�IED DIS�lA'( AID MATR IX

611ss (QCl2) ;;tuhr (amended) r, iat'-\x of IL$ A,.,<:

�ICS PJD M��IAG!:MEfiT {Con1'd.) TK �OI;O;;iCRESOURCES (;;��tTd.) Tl 'LAS&,JR" -EcoiiCITi6T-(ContI d.) TLD.M a�"!.M.i Tl£ "'0�;;�i�yment 13.01• 03 so.-;.�655 7335 �55·40 'KG 331.6

;dd I>T fl"o", E ...< Depr-ivdiot'l 'lGP 02.04.01 'Jl 1;",: Social problem� Sod al d 1 zadvanhge ... '}Redu:'1daney TIJF.XI( Add RT fro'll C ... Deflatioil TES.F 1b38 4cd ftT fro'll II +. Econo"'i; re-eession me- 03· Q2• 04 ,\dd RT from A,B,;; +. Unemployment insurance 'I FG.G OZ· 'J3·02 326 .0309 73 I 368•44 % Une1'lp, iM. poliey iJne",:,. ;n�\!r-ane� +. A:ld RT f"<':>,"1\ �.3,i) ,nd E IJnQmployed people "�CX 19.01.02 832•0127 R84.1; HGS lJ:.employed Unemployed per-son Unam?loyed

(Sy fOM! of unIl'll ploymeni:)

- Deleh. Treat at TlJF.�K Redundancy � !)"l,,{e :i eg i(lnal une'"ployment TLS. IF Fr-idioMl unemployment' ClGCF <331,;.063 U;):GGP � "l:: p., eye lial uMmployment 13.01•03 � .q31•6.'J63 . t.�:PR j,�ake lIT as A Seasonal unemployment 13·01·°3 G2'�3 HGC�.1 o· Unemployment types ' T !" lIc!d RT from 0: ... _ SU,sonal employment TL,.;r 1F "" AcId RT fro'll II ... - Seasonal workers TLV .Si� 13.03.02 HGC'3 - TlO" PT Strudur"l unemployment 13.01. 03 so�.o656 6744 <331.6.063 '" lJn,e'11ploy<:1ent type3 "" - Consider RTs fl"o,� B and C h�re TlE,P\! Rehin inden""i"'9 3lt�O\!9;' Technioal u�employment 13·01.03 SoG.O�57 6349 ---> <331.6.063 Str-�ctu,.al u;)

> Add RT fl"'om � +. Techno1og iea1 change IJArI 12.06.00

(3y aGe group) �" HI <331•b•0b3 is TLE.l'1' Add fie\; i"I"flI f.-om A, 0 and E youth un_'l.m p1oymen't. 13.01•03 Q55.6C•20 = Unemployment type::: \dd [ 'IT from E +. IJnemploy�d young people ',1SX.lR HIB RT from A +. Youth �lR 14.02.02 KH iH from D, ..... youth empl"yment TLE.Rl Q55·"0 � a I: E. o· = vo 00

Flg.4 /, Fig.,.

INTEGRATED THESAURUS _ GLASSIF1Etl DiSpLAY AND MATRIX

of ��.!�:d���t�!!!!: ("",,,ndad) �'��i:!'_i_�_ �__I-"=. !.:!

, , C D , F

SOCIAL 'r/E IJ'ARE (Cont'd.) ,{/'" SO��Y

iFG 300 Ai.'i i �1 ;lJiI,�llCE �Iat io"al, Insu,-:tnce

'! FG.G lJnemplo.)tIlIeni: insurance 02.03.02 S2b.09� 79% � .," 36B•44 'J nernp. Ins. policy 30cial se<:l,Irity Uno<(npleyment �5 benefits

'� ua.si_synonym:l '" IJnemploymen� benefits from A and B = Unemployment insurance policy - - - - - RT from C -i +. labooJr ..dmln i dr.. tion TlS.E 3750 :n fN):n c: +_ Labour leg i:sl:ttI on nS.F - - 3756 ------RT f,-om A an.;! +. Unemployed people ·� GX 13·n.02 S92.0127 Unemployed person - - RT from A-C +_ Unempbyment HE 13·�Jl·':l9 s06 .0655 7355 -

• Q �IAL_1,jElFARE .� Q' sOcI AL PROBLEM�

,(G03 D i SADVA;� �ED PEOPLE � = Peopl� I n need .5 � ::: Person3 In need �03i' �i;�ti� = Social diudvanhge ; !.Inr.lerprivi lege- ;. Unemplayment TLE ;::

QGP.G tlepdved people • ,. Socially disadvanhged ::: UnderprivI leged � :g . - - � �03X Unemplayed people 19.01•02 S32•0127 R84.15 HCS Unemployed IJno!mployed person Unemployed N = Unemployed o ::: Unemployed per:o:on z - - - - � lOT from !l +{Occu patlonal role TL,O.t.M S92•OObI - - - - - RT from A +_ Job seekers TIJ'.AOV 19.02• 01 00 + - - - - .. Redundancy TUI'".:

86 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dahlberg - Indexing languages compatibility terns used by the federal ministries and agencies (9). The Regarding the latter question, a number of solutions to task. however, appeared too huge and costly , the recom· problems of a multilingual thesaurus can also be applied mendations for elaboration of a socalled Bundesdachthe· to "compatibilize" existing ILs (see 28). 83UruS were never realized. The tas.k of establishing compatibility is a difficult, A more recent attempt to arrive at a correlation mecha­ time consuming concept-analytical work. It involves a ve­ nism between the UDC and/or the Broad System of Order­ ry good knowledge of the ILs under investigation and also ing (BSO) and the MISON Rubricator was discussed at of the subject fields covered. It is rewarding, on the other the Prague Meeting of the ECSSID WG 3, Sept. 9-1 1, hand, with respect to the convenience and possibilities 1980. The attempt was based' on indexing results in a li­ achieved for all users of any of the systems. mited field of study undertaken by the Library of the The systems themselves profit from such thorough CSSR Academy of Sciences on the hand, and on compa­ comparisons with respect to depth and clarity of class risons between the ILs themselves, done in Poland,Hunga­ descriptions, in that the necessary improvements of con­ ry and the USSR. No special guidelines had been used tents and structure can be promptly undertaken. though in the elaboration of these comparisons. 4. Methods for the establishment of verbal comparisons , advantages 3. Scope, limitations between indexing languages The following guidelines are directed towards compari­ sons and the establishment of compatibility between 4.1 RecordIng of elements of IL existi11gJLs. Guidelines for procedures involving compari­ Whenever two or more ILs are to be compared with each sons of indexed results without any prior systematic other or studied with regard to their possible compatibili­ comparisons of the ILs themselves are excluded. ty, it is necessary to obtain first of all an overview of the The empirical approach underlying these latter proce­ actual overlap of classes and descriptors by matching the dures may be of additional interest, once the comparison terms verbally . This can be. done by computer if the ILs of the systems has led to certain results; such results, for are already machine readable or in an alphabetic me. If example, might be supported by a comparison of the in­ there is only a limited percentage of overlap, then the en­ dexations via thejuxtapositions of a compatibility matrix. tire comparison should be reconsidered. If the overlap is The scope involves any CS and thesaurus. The more considerable, then the contents of each of the system po­ complex such systems are, the more complex will be the sitions or the descriptors as such must be recorded on necessary mechanism. Complexity is determined here by cards or in a computer file and their concepts must be the amount of pre combinations of the concepts involved. analyzed in a so-called concept record which ought to The more elementary the concepts are in a system, the have the following ent.ries: easier are any systems comparisons to be carried through. Fig. 1: Fields ala concept record The best systems for comparison are therefore the fa­ (i) Name of concept or -class ceted ones. Another comparison problem arises whenever (2) Notation a class is denoted or described in a rather vague manner (3) Next broader concept or when specifications or scope descriptions are missing (4) Highest concept in hierarchy/subject category altogether. (5) Indication of hierarchical level of concept Other limitations are caused by lack of structural com­ (A) highest level (B) next lowest level ponents on the part of thesauri, when compared with such (e) third level, etc. classification systems which itwlude summarizing classes (6) Number of subconcepts, if comparison only on a certain le­ of general content or the famous "other" - positions, col­ vel, in brackets for each level lecting anything else not covered by any of the previous (7) Form category of concept (0) Object, entity classes. All such system elements should be left out of the (P) Process, activity, state comparison, at least in the beginning2 . (Q) Quantity, quality Comparisons between ILs are always directional. This (R) Relation means that a system A can be compatible with a system (S) Space-related concept (T) Time-related concept B if the elements of A match the elements of B. But if B (W) Subject-field or discipline is a more refined system, then its more specific elements (8) Definition of concept (if necessary and possible) cannot find their equivalences in A;.B is then only partial­ (9) Other names of concept or class ly compatible with A. The advantages of compatible ILs (10) Source of concept abbreviation of IL accord. to (29) are numerous, as regard input as well as search and out­ (11) Remarks put. Once compatibility is established one should be able If an IUs already available in a machine-readable form, (1) to search with any term on any problem in a varie­ the record for each descriptor should be supplemented ty of different files. by the indications mentioned above. (2) retrieve the information labelled with a specific 4.2 Establishment of an alphabetical comparison matrix concept from any store,'indexed by any of the (MI) systems involved, (3) inform the user of a certain IL on the availability Once the file of records of the ILs under investigationhas of information on the topic of his interest, indexed been established according to 4.1 above, the concept na­ by any other IL, mes must be brought into alphabetical order in such a way (4) get the equivalents of a system in one natural lan­ that they form the column 2 of a matrix with fu rther co­ guage (say English) in another natural language lumns for each IL. Suppose, for example, th"t the main (say German), thus the switching system can also fields of 'Social Welfare' are to be compared, as they oc­ be used as a multilingual theasaurus. cur in the DDC, BBC and UNT' , namely:

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dahlberg - Indexing languages compatibility 87 Fig, 2: 'Social Welfare ' in the UD C, BBe and UNT, Fig, 3: Example of verbal compatibility matrix

DOC: 361 Social problems and social welfare No. Name DOC BBC UNT vc 361.1 Social problems 361.2 Social action 1 Community action 361.8 QDP R93,20,IO* 3 361.3 Social work 2 Crime. Criminology QO R75/78 2 361.4 Group work 3 Deviants QN 1 361.6 Public action 4 Disaster relief work :QGN R98 2 361.7 Private action 5 Educat. welfare QEN-P 114,15 2 361.8 Community action 6 Group'work 361.4 QDN R93,IO 3 361.9 Historical and geographical treatment 7 Health services R97 1 8 Personal soc. servo R96 1 BBC: Q Social Welfare 9 Persons in need QG 1 QAG Social Welfare Administration 10 Private action 361.7 1 QD Social Work 11 Public action 361.6 1 QE Social Services 12 Social action 361.2 P71.20 2 QF Social Security 13 Social problems 361.1 R70/84 2 QG Persons in need, causes of need 14 Social security QF R95 2 QN Deviants 15 Social services 361-365 QE R94/99 3 QO Crime, criminology 16 Social welfare Q R85/99 2 17 Soc. welf. admin. QAG R90 2 UNT: R85/99 Social Welfare 18 Soc. weir. economics QAT M/Z R89 2 R86 Social welfare philosophy 19 Soc, welf. philosophy QAE R86 2 R87 Welfare policy 20 Soc. welf. planning R88 1 R88 Social welfare planning 21 Social work 361.3 QD R93 3 R89 Social welfare economics 22 Social workers QB R91 2 R90 Social welfare administration 23 Welfare policy R87 1 R91 Social workers 42 R93 Social work * A thesaurus without notations will be entered only through its R94/99 Social services descriptors. R95 Social security R96 Personal social services 5, Methods for the establishment of conceptual compari- R97 Health services sons between ILs R:98 Disaster relief work 5,1 Comparing concepts on the verbal level From these a comparison matrix will be generated as The records of one and the same verbal form must now shown in Fig, 3 be compared with one another regarding the entries of After establishing this matrix (see Fig. 3) the running fields numbers of column can be added under field (12) of I (3) next broader concept each record (Fig, I), The notations of column 3-5 are (4) highest conc�pt ("top term" ) those, which indicate a verbal coincidence with the linguis· (5) level tic form of column 2. All deviations in wording have been (6) subconcepts left out here, especially regarding the cases of a strict (7) form category (8) definition computer matching of terms. One can establish now a so· (9) other names called verbal coincidence rate which is the sum total of It can be assumed that there will be no complete coinci­ the numbers under column 6 (vc = verbal coincidence), dence between the contents of the fields of the different the verbal coinciding cases (here 42) divided by the sum ILs under investigation. But from the comparisons one total of possible coincidences (23 X 3 = 69), In this case should be able to sort out those records that do not the coincidence rate is O.608,\which is a rather high rate, match conceptually and associate them to those con­ indicating the relatively high degree of verbal compatibi­ cepts in the file to which they are related conceptually lity between the three systems involved , according to the well known concept relationships (30), The verbal compatibility can be measured only, if II.s of The discrepancies leading to this decision can be re­ one natural language are involved . Furthermore , it does corded in field (11), not tell us whether: The records (cards) of the other concepts having the (1) the terms which coincide really stand for the same same or a different but synonymous concepts name and concept (there may be homonyms and polyse­ similar data in fields (3)-(8) should be kept together. mes), (2) the II.s may use deviations in wording (e,g, 'philo­ 5,2 Conceptual reorganization of matrix Ml sophy of social welfare' as against 'social welfare The reorganization of the records can be done in two dif­ philosophy'), ferent ways: (3) there may be a higher degree of compatibility bet­ by designating the most detailed and most struc­ ween the II.s if one considers the concepts rather (I) tured of all the ILs under investigation as the one to ac­ than the names of the system positions. (4) concepts could be entered into the comparison cept the funtion of a master system4 to be placed in co­ which differ in specificity but may still be used lumns I and 2. In this case the equivalent classes or terms as a substitute for an otherwise lacking concept. of the other IL should be juxtaposed after comparing the Because of these reasons, a merely verbal compatibility definitions and other entries for relevance. If it should matrix will not be of sufficient help in establishing com­ occur that the master IL lacks a certain concept belong­ patibility, although it certainly serves as jts necessary pre­ ing to any of the other ILs in the environment of one of liminary step, the concepts, a position mdst be left empty in columns 1 and 2 for the placement oLthe lacking concept in the row

88 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dahlberg - Indexing languages-compatibility under its own IL heading. Such concepts should be called 5.4 Additional information "challenge concepts" since they call for the creation of It will become obvious from the display in the compatibi­ a new subdivision of the master system fo r compatibility lity matrix (M2) that there may be slight or obvious dif­ reasons. ferences in the juxtapositions of the concepts available . (2) If no master system can be accepted, then such a These can be made explicit by placing a mathematical sign system must be generated from the concepts involved in before the concept, stating the comp arison themselves, by =1= for unspecific concept or deviation ofconcepts sorting the material according to field (4) < for broader concept than the one in column 2 arranging the sorted material according to field (7) - structuring according to fields (3), (5) and (6) > for narrower concept than the one in column 2 - comparing the results and establishing a tentative master c for concept combinations IL on the basis of all concepts which would belong in this A few examples with respect to Fig. 3 will explain this column. more clearly; In a further step the resulting groupings should again be There is no entry at No. 2 'Crime. Criminology' under the checked regarding occurring super- or subordinations. DDC column. In the compatibility matrix one could, ho_wever, Some of the groups should perhaps be brought together enter here 364..4 'Prevention of crime and delinquency' with a> and some categorizations (field 7) reorganized too. symbol, indicating the narrower concept. Similarly, but vice versa at No. 3 the DDC class 302.5 'Relation of individual to 5.3 Establishment of a compatibility matrix M2 society' with 'Deviation' mentioned expressedly in its scope in the DDC schedules could be entered with a < symbol, indicating After a careful consideration of the steps outlined above that here the broader concept may be used,just as for 'personal a compatibility matrix can be generated by inserting in social services' (No. 8) the DDC class 362 'Social welfare prob­ columns I and 2 the concepts adopted from a master sys� lems and services'. For 'disaster relief work' (No. 4) the DDC tern or generated through the reorganization attempts out� would use a combination, namely c 363.3475, combining 'dis� aster' and 'social action'. lined, and juxtaposing in columns 3,4 and 5 those equi­ A true conceptual but not verbal coincidence would be DDC valent concepts that most closely match conceptually the 362.1-4 called "Illness and disability' under 'Social welfare ones in columns 1 and 2. problems and services' for 'health services' at No. 7, and also It will be helpful to show the hierarchical levels of co­ UNT R79/84 'People in need ' at No. 9 instead of 'Persons in lumn 2 either by special print, underlining, or by inden­ need'. BBC serves at No.12 only with > 'social action programme:;' and DDC at No. 14 with either > 336.249 'social secUfitiy taxes' tations. The numbering in column 1 will now become a or > 368.4 'social security benefits'. conceptual one, possibly corresponding to the hierarchical The index to the DDC gives 'Welfare Economics'under 330.155, and faceted system positions placed in column 2. however, the schedules reveal that this is the system position for In column 6 the conceptual coincidence number (cc) 'miscellaneous schools in economics' .- the equivalence of 'social welfare' and 'welfare' in the DDC has lead thus to a homonym can then be inserted and summed up. The degree of con­ for 'Welfare economics' which - although apparently relevant ceptual compatibility of the ILs under investigation can for position 18 in Fig. 2 - is nevertheless no equivalent for the be computed by dividing the first sum by the sum of all BBC and the UNT classes placed here. possible matches. The resulting number will always be higher than the 5.5 Establishment of system-related matrices M3 verbal coincidence rate. As an alternative to the matrix M2 established on the basis In the comparison matrix (M!) it sufficed to indicate of either a chosen or a newly created master system, any the concepts of the different ILs by their notations. In of the classification systems under comparison could play the compatibility matrix (M2) one should also add ineach the role of the master system and be placed in columns I case the descriptor or class name for reasons of better and 2. In this case, however} one would juxtapose to the understanding. classes of the master system only those classes and des� It is not possible to provide here a complete matrix of criptors of the other ILs which correlate to the chosen the entire field of Social Welfare as contained in the ILs master system. One could therefore call this matrix M3 used in the example above. In Fig. 4, however, we also a 'correlation matrix'. If the master system happens illustrate just one small section of s�ch a matrix with the to be a very broad system and the other ILs rather detailed generic relationships of Social Welfare. then these latter wiIl not be able to bring in their fully

No. Name nnc BBC UNT cc 65 Social Welfare 361 Q R85/99 3 Social problems and Social Welfare Social Welfare social welfare 65.1 Soc. welf. philos. 361.01 QAE R86 3 Philos. & theory of Philos. of soc. welf. Soc. welfare philosophy 65.2 Soc. weif. admin. QAG R90 2 Soc. administration, Sociat welfare Soc. weIr. administration administration 65.3 Welfare policy > 361.25 QAG P R87 3 Action within establ. Policy Welfare policy soc. framework olic (in Social Welfare) 65.4 Soc. welf. planning 361.25 QAH R88 3 Act. withJn establ. soc. Planning for welfare, Social welfare planning framework (planning) social planning 65.5 Soc. welf. econom. QAT M/Z R89 2 Management of soc. welf. Social welfare economics 2

Fig. 4: Examples of section of a conceptual compatibility matrix

Intern. Classnicat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dahlberg - Indexing languages compatibility 89 developed conceptual capacity. In oder to take care of tion' then the precombined class description determines this, it is recommended to insert after each class designa� the inclusion and the equivalent must be built up by tion in brackets the number of its subclasses as indicated logical addition acoordingly. Such a prooedure is 'pro­ in field (6) of Fig. 1. blematical, however, if there are neither rules nor classes If the master system happens to be more detailed than for such combinations. In such cases one cannot but the other ILs then the matrix will have very many empty look for the next broader concept and subsume the con­ spaces in the columns of the ILs under comparison. cept in question subsequently. If one wants to juxtapose it, . then the necessary symbols must be added, (see section 5.6 Establishment of hierarchical matrices M4 5.4). All oombinations occurring in one of the ILs under Whenever a broader master system is to be correlated to investigation must get an entry in the compatibility mat­ more detailed U.s and presented in a matrix form, a spe­ rix 2 in order that their equivalents can be inserted in the cial case of the system-related matrix M3 can be estab­ columns of the other IL. This does not hold,however, for lished by considering that all system positions which are any possible combinations whioh have so far not been used occupied by one of the detailed ILs must be left open in as a concept in indexing. the columns 1 and 2 of such of matrix. If the hierarchical levels should differ between the ILs 7. Establishment of compatibility between ILs entered into this matrix it will be advisable to place them Only after the preliminary work of establishing a concept ,One after the other in the direction of their increase in record file and the two matrices Ml and M2 is it possible depth of hierarchical levels. The column 1 would nothave to establish compatibility between the individual ILs. a system notation in such cases. In order to access the This' process can be related to different levels and dif­ concepts in the matrix it will be necessary to add a con­ fe rent.parts of an IL and the option for the use of any of secutive numbering preferably in brackets on each level the matrices M2 to M4, depending on the ILs themselves after the notations indicating the broad concept of the under investigation and on an IL's administration policies. master system. I! may even lead to an entire remodelling of an IL. As far as compatibility on the verbal level is concerned, 5.7 Index to the compatibility matrix the index of each IL can be supplemented by the term al­ Since there is no other verbal access to any of the con­ ternatives or synonymous terms of the other IL and thus ceptual oompatibility matrices M2-M4 , it is necessary to improve the verbal access to its classes and concepts. establish an alphabetical index to all of the entriesof eaoh With respeot to compatibility on the conceptual level one, including in one alphabetical list all the desoriptors in cases of missing equivalents, this can be reached by and class descriptions of the other ILs, as a lead-in voca­ supplementing the missing ooncepts or classes by theequi­ bulary for the new notation given in oolumn l ofM2,M3 valent of the master cohunn and its notation. Also , an or M4. The index entries should also include the other adaptation of concept contents is possible if the concept names of a conoept or a class as given in field (9) of the specificity is deviating. concept record. With respect to structural problems oompatibility can be established between two or more IL by using the same 6. Treatment of compatibility problems divisions for subject groupings and for facetting. It is less cumbersome to compare two or three thesauri Finally, it will also become necessary to adapt the syn­ of one and the same discipline than a thesaurus and, say, tax rules of the ILs involved which are used for the fo r­ a section of a universal classification system. Usually the mation of concept combinations within one and the same thesauri have a limited number of descriptors and these subject group or between different subject groups. are mostly single terms or combination of two terms. If 8. Use of a compatibility matrix there is no verbal match, the problem lies in finding the closest concept to the concept in question. A classifica· The most sophisticated use of a compatibility matrix as tion system, especially if it offers concept construction a "black box" will be the possible input of class descrip­ facilities by combinations to be expressed in combined tions in one IL with the resulting output in another IL, notations too, (as e.g. the DDC, the UDC, the CC, the e.g., if the entries have an LCC notation at the input stage LCC and the UNT) must be very well known in order to and appear with a DDC, or a BBC or a UDC notation in construct the notations in question adequately. On the the output. Elegant solutions for such a utilization will other hand, with these facilities such systems are most take a long time for their elaboration, but suoh a oapability powerful in matching any conoept of a thesaurus ex­ should be easier to achieve than the translation of one pressed in a oontrolled verbal form. natural language into another. A compatibility matrix will however already be a help­ Therefore, in comparing the contents of a special the· saurus with a universal classification system one must - ful instrument, if it can suggest descriptors and notations for searching in eaoh case of non-verbal-match of a possible equivalent in differently classed files. in the index - look into the sohedules and construot a I! will also provide a necessary tool for cooperative notation on the basis of the rules of such a system as far indexing and exchange ofindexed items. Last but not least it will demonstrate the priorities and as such a system allows, for the equivalent concept cons· truction. It is advisable to do such a work together with levels of specificityof the ILs oompared and will provide an expert of the universal classification system in ques· a better understanding of the conceptual task ofstructur­ tion. ing classification systems. On the other hand, if an IL offers a precombination, 9. Organizational problems as e.g. 'social welfare administration' and the other IL tells The organization and administration of-anIL compatibi­ to combine in this case 'social welfare' and 'administra· lity matrix involves

90 Intern. Classmcat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dahlberg - Indexing languages compatibility - subject experts in the fields under comparison Proc. 3rd Intern. Study Conf. on Class. Res., Bombay 1975. - experts with respect to the ILsto be entered Bangalore: DRTC 1979. p. 204-21l. - secretarial help (9) Wersig, G.: Experiences in compatibility research in docu� mentary languages. (same source as (8), p. 423-430. - the printed or computerized versions of the ILsand (10) Horsnell, V.: Intermediate lexicon for information science: - if possible, computer access a feasibility study, London: Polytechnic of North London, The time necessary to set up a single record according to School of Librarianship 1974. section 4.1 will amount to approx. lS minutes. This time (11) Coates, E. J.: Switching languages for indexing. In: J. Doc. can be minimized, if for example a printout of a com� 26 (1970) p. 102-110. (12) Soergel, D.: Indexing languages and thesauri: construction puterized version of the IL with most of the information and maintenance. Los Angeles, CA: Melville 1974. mentioned could be provided. An IL, say of 1000 con­ (13) Vcerasnij, R. P., Bunova, M. A.: Compatibility among c1assi� cepts would demand thus less than two months for the ficatory retrieval languages. In: Edinaja sistema informacion� recording of the concepts. no�poiskovychjasykov. (Unified system of information retrie­ val languages : summaries of papers presented at an AIl�Union This work could be done by different people for the Conferencc held in Yurmala, Latvian SSR, 6-8 Sept. 1977. different ILs at the same time. The merging, alphabetiza­ (In Russian). Riga: Latv. Univcrsitet 1977. p. 170. tion and setting up of the comparison matrix M I would (14) Giljarevskij, R. S.: A note on the compatibility between rc� be a clerical job. The concept comparison must again be trieval language types. In same source as (13) and in: Naucno� done by experts, probably most effectively in a common tech. inform., Scr. 2 (1978) No. 1, p. ll-13. (15) Glusko�, V. M., Skorochodjko, E. F., Stognij, A. A.: Meas­ discussion of each concept. uring the compatibility level of document retrieval languages. All the decisions taken at such discussions must be re­ In same source as (13) and in: Naucno�Techn. Inform., Ser. corded on the record (card) of the concept in question, 2 (1978) No. I, p. 14-19. field (I I). (16) Gruzitis, B. E., Saver, N. B., Morozov, V. A.: Some design M2 concepts and the structure of a compatible language system After this, the compatibility matrix can be set up of a republic computer�based STI system. In same source and printed together.with its alphabetical index. as (13). This matrix should be tested subsequently in actual (17) Konsin, G. I.: Contribution to the problem of compatibility indexing and retrieval cases. The results of the tests should between classificatory and descriptor languages. In same serve as feed-hack material for an improvement of the source as (13). (18) Konsin, G. I., Moskalenko, Z. D.: Information language compatibility matrix Of the index. . compatibility problems in the context of all evolving infor� The availability of the finished compatibility matrix mation network in a field: with special refercnce to the "Geo� should be made known to the professional world. logy" automated STI system. In same source as (13). (19) Kosmareva, N. V., Makurina, R. G.: Vocabulary compatibi� lity of different IR systems in a field with special reference Notes to the "Electrical Engineering" and "Source" computer� based IR systcm. In same source as (13). For this the elements of six thesauri in the field of informa­ (20) Kocetova, S. M., Murinson,E. A., Senderov, V. Z.: The philo� tion science were correlated by a matrix ; a new grouping for sophy of interfacing classificatory and descriptor languagcs. the master thesaurus had been worked out previously by N. In same source as (13). Gardin and F. Levy. (21) Orlov, A. N.: Social science-related problems of compatibi� 2 Later on one might reconsider these classes on the basis of IHy betwecn a subject heading language and a descriptor what has been indexed under their heading. language. In same source as (13). 3 Regarding these abbreviations of the Dewey Decimal Classifi� (22) Psenicnaja, L. E.: On the compatibility betwecn thesaurus cation (DOC) , the, Bliss Bibliographic Classification (BBC), vocabularies in an IR system. In same source as (13). and the Unesco Thesaurus (UNT) please see (29). (23) Margulis, A. M., Vychodcev, L. A., Suchman, E. S.: Auto� 4 This has, for example been done by Foster et al (31). mated maintenance of interrelated classifications. In same source as (13). (24) Margulis, A. M., Vychodcev, L. A., Questions of compatibi� References lity of MIS linguistic means. In same source as (13). (25) Cernyi, A. I.: Information retrieval languages : types, design (1) Hammond, W., Rosenborg,S.:Experimental study of conver� principles, compatibility. (In Russian). In: Naucno�techn, tibility between large technical indexing vocabularies. Silver inform., Ser. 2. (1978) No. 1, p. 1-10. Springs, Md.: Datatrol 1962. (26) Srejder, Ju. A.: Interaction of classification and subject lan� (2) Newman, S. M. (Ed.):Information systems compatibility. guages. (In Russian). In: Nau�no-techn. inform., Scr. 2 Washington, D. C.: Spartan Books 1965. (1978) No. 1, p. 20-23. (3) Henderson, M. M., Moats, 1. S., Stevens, M. E., Newman, S. (27) Vilenskaja, S. K.: On the compatibility ofdifferent infonna� M.: Cooperation, convertibility and compatibility among tion retrieval' languages within the integrated information information systems: a literature review. Washington, D. C.: system. In: Taylor, P. J. (Ed.): New trends in documentation Government Printing OffIce 1966. and information. Proc. 39th FID Congress, Edinburgh 1978. (4) Unesco : UNISIST Study Report on the feasibility of a world London: Aslib 1980. p. 315-325. science information system. Paris : Unesco 1971. (28) Unesco : UNISIST Guidelines for the establishment and de� (5) Wellisch, H.: A concordance between UDC and Thesaurus of velopment of multilingual thesauri. Rcv. text. Paris: Unesco Engineering and Scientific Terms (TEST). Results of a' pilot 1980. 85 p. (Text in English and in French available). PGIj . project. In: Proc. Intern. Symp. DDC in Relation to Other 80/WS/12. Indexing Languages. Herceg Novi, 1971. Belgrad :Yugoslav (29) Dahlberg, I.: Citation codes in classification and terminology. Center for Techn. &Scient. Doc. 1972. In: Intern. Classificat. 5 (1978) No. 2, p. 91-92. (6) Agraev, V. A., Kobrin, R. Ju., Sul'c, M. M.: Information re� (30) Dahlberg, I.: A referent-oriented , analytical concept theory trieval system compatibility. (Transl. fr om Russian). In: Au� for Interconcept. In: Intern. Classificat. 5 (1978) No. 3, tomatic Doc. &Math. Linguistics 8 (1974) No. 2, p. 29-37. p. 142-151. (7) Smith, L. C.: Systematic searching of abstracts and indexes (31) Forster, W. R., Beckhard, E. J., Hart, C. S.: The coordinated in interdisciplinary areas. In: J. Amer. Soc. Inform. Sci. 25 development of health-related clearinghouse vocabularies. (1974) p. 343-353. In: Tally. R. D. (Ed.) et al: Information choices and policies . (8) Svenonius, E.: Translation between hierarchical structures : Proc. 42nd ASIS Ann. Meeting. Minncapolis, Minn. 1979. an exercise in abstract classification. In: Neelameghan, A. Washington D. c.: Amer. Soc. Inform. Sci. 1979, p. 160- (Ed.): Ordering systems for global information networks. 167.

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Dahlberg - Indexing languages compatibility 91 GA Techno-economic Feasibility Report in Small In­ dustry Development: Its Preparation and Use/C.. REPORTS AND Spurgen. GB Status Report in Marine Small Scale Fisheries: COMMUNICAT IONS Format for Presentation of Information/ V. Bhava­ nL 18th DRTC Annual Seminar (1981) on Information HA Spiral of Development of Information Analysis Analysis and Consolidation: A Short Report Clmtre/ M. C. Ragavan. HB Organisation and Set up of Information Analysis One of the activities of the Documentation Research'and Centres/ D. Elhence and M. Ramachandran. Training Centre (DRTC), Bangalore (India), is the Con­ HC Some Practical Steps for Setting up an Informa­ tinuing Education Programme, the objective of which is tion Analysis Centre in Information Centre for to provide an opportunity to the professionals in the Aeronautics/ S. Kartikeyan. field to keep themselves up-to-date as far as professional HD Planning of Information Analysis Centres: Some skills and knowledge are concerned. Under this program­ General Considerations/ S_ Seetharama. me, the DRTC organised its 18th Annual Seminar this Altogether about 100 participants - information scient­ year at Bangalore between 23 and 27 February 1981 on ists, engineers, scientists - belonging to governmental, the theme "Information Analysis and Consolidation: non-governmental scientific and research organisations - Principles, Procedures and Products". A close analysis of both private and public sectors - participated. There the tasks involved in the preparation of some of the infor­ was considerable interaction between the information mation.analysis and consolidation (=IA+C) products - scientists and other scientists as to the roles each had to such as, state-of-the-art reports/reviews, special country play in the preparation and 'production of various types profiles, feasibility reports, comparative product/process of information analysis and consolidation products. profiles, digests, etc. - showed that adequately qualified A general agreement was reached that while critical information professionals are better equipped to do the­ compilations, reviews and similar works were the domain se tasks; About twenty papers cbvering six facets/ areas of the experts in the subject fields concerned, other pro­ were presented and discussed in detail in twelve techni­ ducts of information analysis and consolidation fall cal sessions. The six areas were: General aspects, Me­ within the direct ·purview of information scientists, How­ thods and techniques, Interaction between specialist ever, an integrated effort of all specialist groups is ne­ groups in the preparation of 1A+C products, Standards/ cessary, if not essential, in the preparation of really good Formats for presentation of information in IA+C pro­ products. In addition, the implications on course curri­ ducts, Feedback and evaluation, and Planning of Infor­ cula and syllabi, methods of teaching and learning, entry mation Analysis Centres. The details regarding the pa­ qualifications to information science courses was exten­ pers are given below: sively discussed, In conclusion, it was emphasised that Paper Title of Paper and Name ofAu thor(s) the profession of information scientists should consider AA Information Analysis for Consolidation: Some its future in terms of the techniques of information ana­ Basic Considerations/G. Bhattacharyya. lysis for consolidation, Priced copies of the seminar volu­ BA Information Analysis for Technical Enquiries/K. me would be available from Professor and Head, Docu­ Ramamurthy. mentation and Research Training Centre, 31, Church BB Information Analysis and Consolidation Methods Street, Bangalore-560001. India. and Techniques: A Case Study/ K. K. Bhatia and S. Seetharama M. C. Ragavan. BD Reference Frame-work: An Aid to Information Analysis and Consolidation/ A. Neelameghan and S. Seetharama. BE Linguistic Approach to Condensation of Informa­ International Colloquy: Special Language Research and tion in Natural Languages/ N. K. Gopalakrishnan. Theory, Focus: Spanish BF Typology of Structural Relations for Information Analysis and Consolidation Processes/ M. A. Go­ From November 6-8, 1980, in Saarbrlicken, FRG, an pinath. international colloquium on Technical Language research CA Specialist Groups in the Preparation and Produc­ and theory was held, sponsored by the E. E. C. (E. W. G.) tion of Information Analysis and Consolidation and the "Institut fUr Angewandte Sprachwissenschaft so­ Products/ A. Neelameghan and S_ Seetharama. wie Ubersetzen und Dolmetschen" of the University of CB Information Analysis and Consolidation for the Saarland. The invited participants included technical lan­ Preparation of a Reference Book in Production guage researchers and scholars and practitioners of termi­ Technology: A Symbiotic Approach/ B. S. Ra­ nology fr om Europe and Latin America . Among the guest mananda and M_ V. Ranganathan. speakers were Professor Lothar Hoffmann of the Karl­ DA Trade Catalogue: A Source for Information Analy­ Marx-UniversWit, Leipzig ; Dr. Rudolf Beier, Universitat sis and Consolidation: A Case Study/ K. N. Prasad. Hamburg; Dr. Roger Goffin, Commission of European EA Information Analysis and Consolidation Products: Communities, Brussels; Dr. Ernesto Zierer and Dr. Guil­ Feedback and Evaluation: A Case Study/ S. P. lermo Gil-Malea, both of the Universidad Nacional de Gupta and M_ C. Ragavan. Trujillo. Peru; Manuel Criado de Val, director ofHISPA­ FA Information Digest Service for Industrial Person­ NOTERM; Mr. A. Bothe of the Dutch Foreign Ministry, nel/ D. V. Patwardhan. The Hague; Professor Reiner Arntz of the Hochschule

92 Intern, Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Reports and Communications Hilde sheim, FRG (also a major organize r of thc colloq ui, His pape r was an attempt to lay the foun dations fo r a um); Mr. Ingo Hohn hold of Siemens, Mun ich ; Professor comparative te chnole ctology, using con trastive me th ods Jean -R ene Ladmiral of the University of Paris; Professor on the levels of word, se ntence, an d discourse . He high­ Juan C. Sage r of Mancheste r; Dr. He ribert Picht of the lighte d the need fo r such studie s particularly in Latin Copenhage n School of Econ omics an d Business Admin is­ America, whe re linguistic barrie rs an d the ab se nce of tration ; an d others. Pape rs were presente d in Span ish, nom1alized te rmin ology present a hin dran ce to socio­ German , French an d English on general aspe cts of the econ omic de velopment, topic as we ll as spe cial problems re lating to Span ish, with Other topics re presen te d include d me thods uscd in the th e goal of improv in g communication an d cooperation training of Span ish -Ge rman techn ical language tran slators in th is fie ld between the Spanish- spe aking world an d the at Saarbrucken (A rntz); the req uire ments, possibilitie s re st of Europe . an d me th ods of the day- to- day work of the .translator­ The pape rs re flected the various in te re sts an d activitie s te rmin oiogist (A sh arp div ision be tween the two, for of the ir authors: Professor Hoffmann de scribe d the goals example, does not re fle ct the re aJity that "e in Fachtext an d applications of technical language re se arch, an d out­ eben nich t nur aus Fachte rminologie besteht.") (Hahn­ lined the problems facin g sch olars in the comin g ye ars, hold); the te achin g of scientific German tona tive spe ake rs an d the me thods - statistical, fun ction al, se mantic an d of French (Ladmiral); the me thodology an d re sults of a contrastiv e - which have been most use ful in the develop­ study to dete rmine the te chn ical an d econ omic fe asibility men t of an in de penden t theory of te chn ical lan guage _ of establishin g a termin ological data bauk in the Un ite d Beier's con tribution, de alin g with English te chn ical lan­ Kingdom (Sager) ; an d the trainin g of te chn ical translators guage, identifie d nine extra-lin guistic factors which ac­ at the Copenh agen School of Econ omics an d Business coun t for differences between type s of te chnical lan­ Administration (Han de lsh ochschu1e Kopenhagen) with guage texts_ The author then single d out two of the m for examples from Span ish (Picht). de taile d discussion - presupposed kn owle dge on the Several papers contributed by the participants from ' part of the re ader, an d goals of the exposition - an d sug­ Spain an d Latin Ame rica de alt spe cifically with termi­ ge ste d the hypothe sis th at the fre quen cy of de fin itions nological issues re lating to Span ish, such as processes in as we ll as their con ten t an d syn tactic structure de pen d on the formation of ncologisms (Facal, Madrid), te rmin olo­ the de gree of previous kn owle dge of the subje ct the gical problems in the te aching of the educational disci­ re ade r is assume d to possess. Dr. Goffin spoke about the plines (Gil-Malea), an d problems in grammatical te rmin o­ re lation ship between the ore tical lin guistics an d the prac­ logy (Josse de Koek, Real Academia EspaflOla). A nota­ tice of tran slation . He first made the poin t th at te chnical ble presentation by the dire ctor of HISPANQTERM lan guage was long ignore d as an are a of re se arch by aca­ (Criado de Va l) ch aracterized the pre sen t situation of de micians; the first studie s we re produced by subject Span ish te rmin ological studies, an d the particular pro­ spe cialists, engineers, an d stan dardization committees. blems an d difficultie s face d by the Span ish-spe aking Drawin g from the work of M. Wandruszka, Goffin asse r­ world. The history, organization, an d goals of HISPA­ te d th at te chn ical lan guage (,Fach'prache') like ordin ary NOTERM we re de scribe d, along with its curren t prio­ lan guage, was an "asystematische s Syste m" . He de scribe d rities (fiscal, le gal an d econ omic termin ology) an d its re ­ the problems face d by the tran slator as a re sult of the lation to re late d in te rn ational organization s. expansion an d spe cialization of te chn ology, an d the "in te r­ At the con clusion of the colloquium, it was fe lt that nationalization" of science , accompanie d by a wild growth the goals of the me etin gs had been attained, in that a of new coinages, jargon s an d in te rlingual borrowings. dialog had been establishe d between the countrie s an d Technical language re se arch is both too lin guistic to be organization s re pre se nte d, so that Spanish could soon be le ft to subje ct spe cialists an d too subject-related to be le ft in cluded in the gre at normalization effort of the major to linguists: exce ssively practice-oriente d an d exce ssively in te rn ational lan guages. scholastic approache s are both to be av oide d. A solution The full te xts ofthe pape rs (an d full list ofparticipa nts' might be the appearan ce of a linguistically traine d te chn i­ name s an d addresses) are being collected an d edited by cal translator, pre supposin g that the knowledge of the Frau Dr. Gise la Thome, Institut fUr Augewandte Sprach­ linguistic re ality of practitione rs in the field is made av aila­ wissenschaft sowie Ube rse tzen un d Dolme tschen, Un iver­ ble to linguistic re se arche rs, re sulting in the cre ation of sitat de s Saarlan de s, D-6600 Saarbrlicken II, FRG, an d a "fachbezogene kon trastive Linguistik" wh ich would be will be av ailable for distribution in November 1981. fully in ke epin g with the goals of the new sociolinguistics. Rhoda Kesse lman Mr. Bothe, spe akin g in Span ish, addre sse d the pro­ c/o Un iversita t Saarbrlicken blems of developing te rmin ological me thods oriented to Fachrichtung 8.6 the needs of tran slation , an d broughtto the task his own D-6600 Saarbrlieken 11 expe rience as head of the Terminology an d Documen ta­ tion office in The Hague . He made the poin t, for example, that the classification systems de veloped for documenta­ The Swedish Centre for Technical Terminology tion are in adeq uate for the classification of te rmin ology. The con tribution of Dr. Nereu Feix, of Saarbrlicken , In Sweden, a centre for te chn ical te rmin ology name d aime d at a comparative Span ish-Ge rman Termin ology of Tekniska Nomenklaturcentralen , abbreviate d TNC, was econ omics. Professor Zierer in troduce d the te rm 'tecno­ establishe d in 1941. In view of the fact th at TNC is cele ­ le ctologia' (te chnole ctology), de fine d as the bran ch of bratin g its 40th ann iversary an d also dJ.].e to the in cre as­ applied lin guistics which studies the structure, evolution in g in terest in te rmin ological question s all over the world, an d use of te chnical language s, te rme d 'tecn olectos' we would like to give some in formation about our (technole cts), as subsystems of their re spe ctive lan guages. organ ization .

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Reports and Communications 93 In Sweden we make a slight distinction between In Sweden, there is no academic education or training terminology and nomenclature. Terminology, true to in terminology. You cannot study to become a "termin­ its etymology, stands for the concept "the theory of oiogist". Academic level courses on terminology are terms and their proper use". A second meaning is "a offered, for example, at the University of Vienna, at the collection of terms used in a specific branch of science University of Manchester and at the School of Economics or technology." in Copenhagen. The result of a strictly systematic "naming" within a' TNC is supported by the Swedish government and by scientific field is usually called a nomenclature. a number of important private enterprises in Sweden as Although TNC has the word "nomenklatur" in its well as by other organizations and institutions. The, Swedish name, we normally talk about our work as being governmental bodies represent all Ministries. The TNC is terminological work, both in the first and the second also supported by all the Academies of Sweden, in fact it sense of the word. Now - what are the activities of the was on the recommendation of the Swedish Academy of TNC? In the statutes (from 1941) is stated that the TNC Engineering Sciences that the TNC was founded in 1941. was founded in order to "elaborate technical terminolo­ Today there are 10 employees at the TNC which is gy well suited to Swedish conditions". If we use the more than ever before. For a long time, there were only expression term in the sense "a word with a well de� 2-3 persons employed. Perhaps one can say - or hope limited definition used by experts in a specific field or - that this increase in personnel and resources is an indi­ branch" most people would agree that terminology is cation of the authorities having become more aware of not very often used in colloquial or general language. the importance of this kind of work. In what kind of language is it used then? In Swedish there is a short, single word for this, namely "facksprak" Anna-Lena Bucher while in English one has have to make a paraphrase, Swedish Centre. for Technical Terminology "Language for Special Purposes" (LSP). Box 5243, S-10245 Stockholm In practical terms, this means that TNC elaborates terminologies within different technical and scientific fields or, simply, within different LSPs. These termin­ COGNET Newsletter (1981) No, 1 ologies are published in glossaries, today amounting to a total of 76. The glossaries contain a number of terms The Editor Richard B. Millward (Center for Cognitive with definitions in Swedish and with equivalents in at Science, Box 1911, Brown University, Providence, least English, French and German but very often also in R.I. 02912, USA) presents in the first issue of this new the other Scandinavian languages. In a few cases we Newsletter the ideas of a planning committee on the have also provided Russian, Spanish and Japanese history and aims of COGNET meant to become a national equivalents. network for cognitive science. Its three major goals are The TNC glossaries are all elaborated in close collabo­ (1) The development and distribution of common soft­ ration with experts in the fields concerned. A glossary ware for research in cognitive science. project begins with an analysis of the need for a glossary (2) The training of cognitive scientists in the use of basic within a particular field. At the same time investigations software as well as in the more content-specific work regarding financial support are made. When we have going on at a number of different cognitive science centers. found that such a need exists and that it can be financed, (3) The enhancement of communication among cognitive a working-group of experts is set up. In each working scientists. Such communication will allow those without group of this kind, there is at least one representative computational fa cilities to work on remote computers. from the TNC, whose main duty is to coordinate the It will also help in the training of cognitive scientists. Via work with other projects in progress or with the termin­ the network, researchers at different locations will be ology already established; able to interact on software development, cooperate in The translation of the terms, sometimes also of the writing papers, and make use of data bases at different ' definitions, are made in collaboration with native-speak­ host nodes. ing experts. Of the 12 pages Newsletter, 6 pages are covered by a A term recommendation (Le. a recommendation that questionnaire; its data are meant to support a proposal a special term with a special definition representing a for funding and to "find out more about the cognitive concept is to be used) can never be accepted if it has not science community so that when the network is fu nc­ first been discussed and decided upon by the experts. tiorming, we will know who to contact and what their Terminological work is not very effective if the terms are needs are". not to be accepted and used. A telephone service, free of charge, is offered on 12th Annual Meeting, Classification Society, NAB terminological questions, sometimes reaching beyond the fields of science and technology. We receive between The North American Branch (NAB) of The Classification 600 and 800 enquiries per year. Society has held its 1981 Annual Meeting from May 31 - A news bulletin, TNC-Aktuellt, is issued regularly, June 2 at Chelsea Inn, Toronto, Canada. The 57 papers dealing with recent activities at TNC and in the termino­ (as listed in the program) have been organized into 7 sec­ logical world, in Sweden and abroad. tions with subsections, as fo llows: TNC sometimes arranges courses in "the theory of terminology". This is due to an increasing interest in lA Probabilistic approaches to classification learning about terminology and terminological work on Milligan, G.: A discussion of procedures for determining the part of organizations, enterprises _and authorities. the number of clusters in a data set.

94 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Reports and Communications th Wong, M. A., Lane, T.: A K nearest neighbour cluster­ 4B Clustering longitudinal data ing procedure. Carter, R.: Morris, R., Blashfield, R.: On the clustering of Lefkovitch, L. P.: Conditional clustering and probability. multivariate longitudinal data. Windham, M. P.: Cluster validity for fuzzy clustering al· Bryant, J., Breaux, G.: Automatic identification of multi­ gorithms . temporal signatures in farm lands. Bozdogan, H.: Use of Akaike's information Criterion Legendre, P., Legendre, L., Dallot, S.: Hypergeometric (AIC) in cluster validity and identification. chronological clustering to describe ecological succes­ sion. IB Gassificatioll and computer science 4C Classification software Friedman, H.: Overview Harslmlan, R., LundY,M.: The PARAFAC analysis pack­ Artis, H.P.: A technique for determining the capacity of a computer system. age: A set of portable Fortran programs for three-way factor analysis and multidimensional scaling. Agrawala, A. K.: Using clustering for computer workload Carmichael, J. W.: TAXMAP 5: A general purpose classi­ classification. fication program. Belady, L. A.: Software components: small and large . Lei, H., Skinner, H.: Modal profile analysis: a dimensio- Francis, I.: A taxonomy of statistical software. . nal model for classification. 2 Biological classification: the continuing debate 5A Developments in classification methodology Sokal, R.: Phenetic viewpoint . Pruzansky, S., Carroll, J. D.: An analytical approach to Farris, St.: Cladistic viewpoint. fitting multiple hierarchical tree structures. Lefkowitch, L. P.: A globally optimal dendrogram. 3A Comparing classification solutions Ruspini, E.: The extension of the concept of cluster. Michalski, R. S., Stepp, R.: A method of organizing data Day, W.: Computational pitfalls in comparing classifica­ into conceptual hierarchies. tions. McQuitty, L.: Toward uniformity of clusters across me­ Morey, L.: Comparison of clustering techniques in a vali- . thods by reducing errors in data. dation framework. More, W.: Principal component analysis to identify multi­ Tidmore, F. E., Turner, D.W.: A comparison of clustering variate outlines prior clustering. using Chernoff-type faces with several common hier­ to archical methods. 5B Classifications- of abnormal behaviour Janowitz, M. W.: Rank correlation coefficients as optima­ Mezzich, J., Coffman, G.: Comparing the external validity lity measures for monQtone equivalent cluster tech­ of standard consensual, cluster analytic and fa ctorial niques. dimensional diagnostic systems. Margush, T.: Distances between phylogenetic trees .. Coffman, G., Mezzich, J'J Strauss, J .: An empirical study Morey, L., Agresti, A.: An adjustment to the Rand statis­ of dimensional and typological patterns of psychiatric tic for chance agreement. symptomatology. Childress, M.: Statistics for evaluating classifications: a Lerr, M., Sziedelis, A.: A cluster-analytic approach to new view. MMPI Profile types. Reddon, J., Marceau,R.,Jackson,D.: Some measurement 3B Classification in biomedical research problems in classification: An example with federal Abbott, L.: Taxonomic classification methods: An ap­ penitentiary imnates. proach to medical diagnosis. Lyons, J., Brown, J.: Classification of alcoholism or per­ Goldberg, D.: Diagnostic classificationof liver disease by sonality using an adaptive methodology . discriminant function analysis. Golden, R.: Taxometric detection of schizotypy in chil­ Albert, A.: Comparison of two partially-parametric me­ dren. thods for discriminating between two groups. 6 Keynote lecture- Chaprin, M. A., Corning, W. C.: Computer-based brain Gower, J .: Is classification statistical? analysis, classification and discrimination of problema­ tical children. 7A Developments il1 scaling Gershon, N.: Statistical methods to classify different Carroll, J.D.: Pruzansky, S., Tversky, A.: Trees versus kinds of molecular order on membranes. spaces: A computational analysis. Hirsch, H. V. B., Hagerty, K., Lees, F. C., Tieman, S. B.: Nishisato, Sh.: Dual scaling and classification based on Principal components analysis of the response proper­ categorical responses. ties of neurons in the visual cortex of the cat. Harshman, R.: Multi skew mensional analysis of skew­ symmetric data. 4A Monte Carlo research Underhill, L.: On the folklore of multidimensional scal­ ing. Milligan, G.: A review of Monte Carlo tests of cluster ana­ lysis. 7B Vocational and organizational applications Brennan, T.: An evaluation comparison of several cluster­ Jackson, D., Holden, R., Locklin, R., Marks, E.: Hierar­ ing techniques across different data structure. clucal classification of vocational interests associated Blashfield, R., Morris, R.: Directions of Monte Carlo re­ with academic major areas. search about cluster analysis. Lattin, J.: Partitioning the corporate network: An appli­ cation of a high·density clustering model on a graph.

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Reports and Communications 95 other FID Committees dealing with questions of classification and terminology, 4. Keep track of the terminology of classification and indexing and sponsor research in this field·and the FID/CR NEWS 2 publication of glossaries, 5. Keep track of the documents published in this field and sponsor the publication of pertinent bibIio­ 1. FID/CR Terms of Reference gr.aphies, 6. Publish the FID/CR Report Series, At the FID Council Meeting on April 23-24, 1981, in 7. Publish the FID/CR Newsletter (in the journal The Hague, the following "Terms of Reference" which Internatl. Classif.), had been corrected and extended by the FID/CRMember· 8. Co-sponsor the journal International Classification, ship were presented for approval. 9. Maintain a card file and publish a directory ofnames of persons interested and engaged in classification Year of creation: research and classification and indexing activities. 1946 FID/CA General Theoryof Classification . 1962 FID/CR Classification Research Frankfurt/The Hague, April 1981

Scope of Committee: The terms were approved, however, with the. fo llowing To promote, sponsor and engage in research in the field modifications: of classification and indexing. I) to. delete the sections defining the terms "classifica­ tion" and "indexing" and to leave under "Scope of By

96 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 FID/CR News could perhaps combine a participation with a summer CAICYT, the composers of the latter assumed the vacation in Europe. With the topic "Universal Classifica� responsibility of realizing the Inventory. By means of tion, Subject Analysis and Ordering Systems", not only surveys they gathered information on 215 Spanish and universal classification systems are to be dealt with, it Portuguese documentary languages which are presently also suggests that classification should be approached being elaborated or already edited. (See also Intern. from a universal point of view, even when using special Classif. 8 (1981) No. I, p. 28--29). The Inventory will classification systems and thesauri. be published in 1981. This 4th International Study Conference is combined with the 6th Annual Conference of the German Classifica· 3) Co mpatibilizatioll ofIndexing Languages tion Society. Its Special Interest Group on Numerical The FID Latin American Commission (FID/CLA) has Taxonomy will organize additional sessions devoted to delegated to the CAICYT the responsibility of coordinat· Numerical Methods in Classification; Mathematical and ing a Working Group on Indexing Languages (FID/CLA/ Statistical Classification Procedures, Structuring and LI) at a Latin American level. Ana M. Sanllorenti, who is Analysis of Data, Comparison and Evaluation of Classifi· a member of the Working Group ofCAICYT was charged cation, etc. with this task. Information specialists from other Latin American countries are being incorporated in FID/CLA/LI. The activity areas of this group are: I) Compatibiliza· tion of specialized indexing languages; 2) Terminology. 4. Argentina: WalkingGroup on Indexing Languages A methodology and an activity programme are bein � elaborated. This group is composed of information specialists from * CAICYT Moreno 431/33, 1091 Buenos Aires, Argentina different institutions, and is coordinated by M6nica Allmand de Gallo of CAICYT.*

Objectives: 5. United Kingdom: Meetings ofCRG Its objectives are: • To realize studies on indexing languages. (Short summa>ies of the latest meetings of the Classifi· • To diffuse the use of thesauri ·for the retrieval of cation Research Group) specialized information. • To advise those persons elaborating thesauri. CR G·231, Oct. 9, 1980 • To get in touch with organisms, institutions and Discussion on problems of subject analysis in sociology persons from other countries in order to interchange using examples from British National Bibliography (BNB), experiences and to join efforts. especially with regard to differences in approach between professional sociologists and professional subject ana­ Functions lysts. It was suggested that "central cataloguing services The group is in charge of the following functions: teach· should employ indexers and classifiers who are fully ing, investigation, diffusion, normalization, collabora� trained in their profession and are subject specialists" at tion and advice. the same time. The discussion centered also around the indexing of names and of aspects. Mr. Mills introduced Activities the latest outline of Class K (Society ...) of the revised The group has fu lfilled the fo llowing activities: Bliss Classification (BC2).

I) Tra ining Package of a Co urse on Indexing Languages: CR G·232 (Dec. 11, 1980) Thesaurus Construction Mr. Gopinath from Bangalore attended the meeting and Its objective is to give the elements to not so experienced gave a progress report on the 7th edition of the Colon teachers in Spanish�speaking countries, for the training Classification. Mr. Langridge circulated a paper on the of specialized librarians and other information specialists logical structure of main classes and Mr. Mills introduced responsible for classification and indexing. The package the discussion of Class K in BC2 which he described as includes precise indications and transparencies to be a 'phenomenon' class to which individual disciplines had used as teaching materials. been subordinated. In the discussion, however, doubts The edition will be sponsored by UNESCO, in 1981. were voiced on the wisdom of treating Class K as a phenomenon class. 2) Inventory of Sp anish and/or Portuguese noli·traditio· naldocument ary Languages CR G·233 (March 5, 1981) At the Conferencia Iberoamericana sabre Informaci6n The discussions on the paper by Mr. Langridge (on the Cientlfica y Tecnol6gica, REUNIBER (lberoamerican logical structure of main classes) and on the Class K of Conference on Scientific and Technological Information), BC2 were continued. Mr. Mills stated that he had out· Madrid, 1978, the Working Group on Documentary lined this arrangement of a detailed schedule for the Languages has been established. One of its objectives phenomena 'environment', 'culture', 'social process' . was the elaboration of the Inventory. and 'structures and institutions in general'. He also ex� As the coordination of this group of regional scope, plained the Class KPQ Food, Shelter; Clothing (accord· has ·been adjudicated to Celia Molina, who is a member ing to the BSO) and KQB Collectivities. The new draft of the Working Group on Indexing Languages of the outline of Class K in BC2 was attached to the minutes.

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 FIDleR News 97 nology and practical aspects. This information was sup� plied in form of material and documents which added up INFOTERM NEWS to thousands of pages a year. The numb'er of entries re� " corded for bibliographies has increased and is now up to (Compiled from Infoterm Newsletter 20) 5,000 per year.

Meeting of Two Ad Hoc-Working Groups of Iso/Te 371 International Bibliography of Standardized and Non­ SC 1 "Principles of Terminology" in Moscow from 9 to " Standardized Guidelines for Terminology (Updating of February 1981 13 Infoterm' Newsletter 4, pub!, in Lebende Sprachen 22 Ad Hoc Group DP 704. - At the last TC 37/SC I meet· (1977) No. 2 ing in Moscow in October 1980 a resolution was passed to set up an ad hoc group for the discussion of all com· Language symbols/lndicatifs de langue D German/allemand F ments and proposals of modifications which were submit� ' French/franptis E English/anglais S Spanish/espagnol ted for DP 704 (version 1980) "Principles and methods Da Danish/danois Pt Portuguese/portugais. of terminology". For this ad hoc group meeting the TC NI Dutch/neerlandais R Russian/russe 37/SC I Secretariat (VNIIKI) prepared a new document Sv Swedish/suedois Cs Czech/tcheque DP 704 (version 1981) which took into account all com· PI Polish/poionais ments and proposals for modifications to a great extent. Symbol/ Names of Standards Standards After long discussions a new version ofDP 704 was adopt· sigle institutions symbols ed which will now be submitted to all ISO members and Noms des institutions de lndicatifs de liaisons as ISO Draft International Strandard (DIS) for normalisation normes vote and comment . ANSI American National Standards. ANSI Ad Hoc Group DP 1087 - At the last TC 37/SC I hlstitute meeting in Moscow in October 1980 a resolution was BSI British Standards Institution BS passed to 'set up an ad-hoc-group to discuss the existent (United Kingdom/Royaume-Uni) comments and proposals for modification for the revision DIN Deutsches Institut fiir'Normung DIN of R 1087 "Vocabulary of terminology"" e. V. (Federal Republic -of Germany/ For this ad hoc group meeting, the TC 37 Secretariat Republique federale d'Allemagne) prepared a document listing the concepts concerning "con-· DS Dansk S�andardiseringsrad DS (Denmark/Danemark) cepts, definitions and terms" as well as "dictionaries and GOS­ Gosudarstvennyj Komitet Standar­ GOST vocabularies", which were proposed for inclusion in the STAN· tov Soveta Ministrov SSSR (State new standard "Vocabulary of terminology". This docu� DART Standards Committee of the Coun� ment was discussed and a selection of concepts was made cil of Ministers o� the USSR/Comite from a section of the document. d'Etat de Normes du Conseil des Ministres de l'URSSI Overview of Infoterm's activities in 1980 IRANOR Instituto Nacional de Racionaliza­ UNE ci6n y Normalizaci6n (Spain/ PNE The main emphasis of the activities of Infoterm in the Espagne) last year lay in the fo llowing fields: ISO International Organization for ISO working out plans and operational models for the in· Standardization ternational network of terminology, TermNet Draft International Standard DIS preparation of a draft of a TermNet manual (for re· Draft Proposal DP DAD cording bibliographical and organizational data) Draft Addendum RGW Rat fOr gegenseitige Wirtschafts­ ST RGW preparing a study on terminological data elements hilfe (DDR) (Council for mu- preparatory work for the recording of terminologies tual economic assistance] (GDR) in machine-readable form SEV Sovet ekonomi�eskoj vzaimopoU:i ST SEV systematizing its information and advisory services [Council for mutual economic editing the volumes 5 and 6 of Infoterm Series assistance1 preparing working materials for terminology teaching VNIIKI Vsesojuznyj Nautno-Issledovatel' skij Institut Techniteskoj Informacii, and training Klassifilacii i Kodirovanija All-Union preparing documents for courses, lectures and meetings. Scientific research institute for tech­ In September 1980 Infoterm convened an international nical information, classification and symposium for experts on terminological data elements coding (Institution of GOSSTAND­ which worked out 9 recommendations on this subject. ART/Institut du GOSSTANDARn In November 1980 there was a meeting of the "Union des Associations Techniques Internationales" (UATI) in Other institutions CIOMS Vienna where Infoterm introduced its plans for TermNet Conseil des Organisations Internationales des Sciences Medicales and the recording of terminologies in machine·readable IAEA International Atomic Energy Agency form. OLF Office de Langue Franf<1ise, Quebec (Canada) Infoterm's advisory services have been used by many WHO World Health Organization/Organisation Mondiale institutions and specialists from all over the world . Info· de Ia Sante tenn acted also as host for numerous experts who came ZnD Zentralinstitut fUr Information und Dokumentation to visit its offices and archives. Some 600 letters were (Central Institute for Information and Documenta­ sent out by Infoterm last year in reply to various requests tion/Institut Central d'information et de documen­ for detailed information concerning the theory of termi· tation] (German Democratic Republic/ Republique Democratique Allemande)

98 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Infoterm News IZWTI Internationales Zentrum fur wissenschaftliche und F .ISO. Disposition des donnees pour I'c!change des tcchnische Information [International centre for enregistrements terminologiquesjlexicographiques scientific and tcclmical information}. Normativ­ sur bande mag/U!tique. 31 p. (ISO/DP 6156, Apr. technischc Vorschriften NTV 1980, 310me avant·projet). aass 1 D DIN. Regeln fiir das alpabetische Ordllen. Berlin: E/F ISO. Vocabulary of terminology/Vocabulaire de la Beuth, 8 p. (DIN 5007, Entwurf, Apr. 1977). terminologie. 48 p., A4 (ISO/DAD 1087 , Oct. D. ON. Regeln fur das Oninen ,von Schriftzeichenfal­ 1973) gen (ABC-Regeln). Wien : On, 1981 , IS p.(Entwurf Da DS. Term inologiens terminologi [Vocabulary of ONORM A 2725). terminology]. K0benhavn' DS, p., A4 (DS/ISO/R D DDR. Regelll fu r die alphabetische Ordnung von 1087, Apr. 1978). Na men (ABC-Regeln). Berlin: ZIlD, Dec. 1962 S lRANOR. Vocabulario de la terminologia [Vocab u· (TGL 0·5007) lary of terminology]. Madrid: IRANOR, 18 p., A4 (UNE 1'()70·79 , Jui. 1979) Other Standards/Autres Normes D DIN. Begriffssystem Zeichen. Berlin : Beuth, 6 p. aass 3 (DIN 2338 Teil l,Entwurf, Feb. 1979). E ISO. Principles and methods of terminology. 36 p. D DIN. Begriffssystem Zeichell. Sp ezieller Te il. Ber· (ISO/DP 704, Mar. 1980) lin: Beuth, IS p. (DIN 2338 Teil 2, Entwurf, Mar. F ISO. Principes et methodes de Ia terminologie . 33 p. 1980) (ISO/DP 704, 1980) D DIN. Abkurzungsregein fiir Benennungen von R ISO. Principy i metody terminologii [principlesand Fa chbegriffe n. Berlin: Beuth, 3 p. (DIN 2340,Mar. methods of terminology]. 28 p. (ISO/DP 704, 1980) 1977). D DIN. Begriffe und Benellilullgen. Allgemeille R GOSSTANDART ; VNIlKI. Metodiceskie rekomen­ Grundsatze. Berlin: Beuth, 19 p. (DIN 2330, Mar. daciipo tenninologiceskomu kontro/ju nonnativno� 1979). tehniceskih dokumentov [Methodological recom­ D DIN. Begriffssysteme und ihre Darstellung. Berlin: mendations for terminological checking of standar­ Beuth, 26 p. (DIN 2331, Jan. 1980) dizing technical documents]. Moskva : GOSSTAN­ S lRANOR. Principios de denominaci61l [Naming DART; L973, 21 p. principles]. Madrid: lRANOR, Hp. (PNE 1'()66, R GOSSTANDART; VNIlKI.Metadika standardizacii Feb. 1979) naucno-tehniceskoj terminologii [Method of stand­ D DIN. In temationale Angleichung von Fachbe­ ardization of scientific and technical terminology]. griffen und ihren Benennungen. Berlin: Beuth, Moskva : GOSSTANDART ,1977 ,49p.(RD 14-74) . 8 p. (DIN 2332, Feb. 1979) R GOSSTANDART ; VNIlKI. Standardizacija termi­ S IRANOR. Unificaei6n intemaeional de lasnoeiones nalogii v SSR i metdunaradnyh arganizacijah y de los terminos. Madrid: IRANOR, lip. (UNE [Standardiziation of terminology in the USSR and 1'()68·81, Mar. 1981). in international organizations]. Moskva: GOS­ STANDART, 1978,48 p. (Standardizacija 78) 4 Class R GOSSTANDART; VNIlKI, Me todika standardi­ E ISO. Layout of multilingual classified vocabularies. zacii sokroscenij russkih slav i slovosocetanij 29 p. (ISO/DP 1149, Aug. 1979) [Methodology of standardization of abbreviations S lRANOR. Presentation de los vocabularios siste­ of Russian words and compound words]. Moskva: maticos multilingues. Madrid: IRANOR, 19 p. (PNE GOSSTANDART, 1977, 38 p. 1'()72,Jan. 1981) E ISO. Layout of monolingual classifiedvocabul aries . Non ..tandardized Guidelines for Terminology and Termi­ 23 p. (ISO/DP 4466, June 1979) nological Le xicography D DIN. Ausarbeitung und Gestaltung von Publika­ AKADEMIJA NAUK SSR.KOMITET NAUCNO-TEHNI­ tionen mit tenninologischen Festlegungen. Berlin: CESKOJ TERMINOLOGII. Kratkoe metodiceskae Beuth, 16 p. (DIN 2339, Entwurf, Feb. 1978) posabie po razrabotke i uporjadaceniju naucna-tehni­ E/F ISO. Symbols fo r languages and authorities/Indica­ ceskoj terminologii [Concise methodological manual tifs de langue et d'autorite. 20 p. (ISO/DP 639, for the elaboration and classification of scientific and Mar. 1981). technical terminology]. Moskva: Izdatel'stvo Nauka, D .DIN. Terminologie und Lexikographie. Sprachen­ 1979. 125 p. zeichen und ihre Ergiinzungdurch Liinderzeichen AUGER, P.; ROUSSEAU, L.-J .Mtithodologiede la recher­ und Autoritiitszeichell. Berlin: Beuth, 14 p. (DIN che terminologique. Quebec: OLF, Sept. 1977, 80 p. 2335, Vornorm, Jan. 1976). (Etudes, recherches et documentation No.9). S IRANOR. Simbolos utilizados para id iomas, paises DERMER, O. C.; GORIN, G.; LOENING,K. L.(lUPAC) . y autoridades. Madrid: lRANOR,9 p.(UNE 1'()91- The Standardization ofchemical language. Linguistics 77,Jan. 1977). (Den Haag) 189 (1977). 12 p. D DIN. Lexikographische Zeichen fu r manuell er­ INTERNATIONAL UNION OF PURE AND APPLIED stellte Fachworterbucher. Berlin: Beuth, 19 p. (DIN CHEMISTRY. Ho w to name an inorganic substance 2336, Mar. 1979). being a guide to the use a/ nomenclature a/inorganic E ISO. Magnetic tape exchange fo rmat for termino­ chemistry: definitive rules 1970. Oxford: Pergamon, logical/lexicographical records (MA TER ). 35 p. 1977. 36 p. ISBN 0'()8021982-9 . (ISO/DP 6156, Apr. 1980, 3rd draft). KODDERJTZSCH, W .Einheitliche Prinzipien derErarb ei-

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Infoterm News 99 tung von In/onnationssprachen und Terminologiestan� [Multilingual thesauri: compOSitiOll, structure and dards. [Uniform principles for the elaboration of in­ form of presentation]. Moskva: MCNTI, 1975. 3 p., formation search languages and terminology stan­ (NTP MCNTI 3-1975). " dards.] In: Informatik 27 (1980) No .3, p. 32-35. NORDFORSK. ARBEIDSGRUPPE FOR THESAURUS MINISTRY OF EDUCATION,JAPAN. Th eprinciples for SPORMAL. Rules fo r developing thesauri in Nordic standardization of technical terms. Tokyo, 1978 . 8 p. languages. Stockholm: Nordforsk, 1970. 20 p. WHO. Guidelines fo r terminology and lexicography. POPOWSKA, H. Construction of thesauri according to Drafting of definitions and compilation of monolingual the method of A. V. Sokolav. (In Polish.) In: Aktua!. vocabularies. Geneve : WHO, 1977. 23 p., (Terminolo­ Prob!. Inform. Dok. 24 (1979), No. 6, p. 21-26. gy Circular No. 3). SPRINGL, W. Die Erarbeitung eines mehrspraehigen In­ formatiansreeherche-Thesaurus [iir das Fa chgebiet Standardized Guidelines for Thesauri Schwarzmetallurgie [Elaboration of a multilingual IR E BSI. Guidelines fo r the establishment and develop­ thesaurus for the subject-field of steel metallurgy]. ment of monalingual thesauri. London: BSI, 1979. In: XI. Kolloquium tiber Information und Doku111en� 36 p., (BS 5723: 1979) tation. 14.-16. Nov. 1979. Institut fUr Informations­ D DDR, MINISTERIUM FUR WISSENSCHAFT wissenschaft , Erfindungswesen und Recht d. Th I1me­ UND TECHNIK .Einsprachiger Informationsrecher­ nau 1980. p. 26-31. chethesaurus - Struktur, Zusammensetzung. Dar� UNESCO. UNISIS T Guidelines fo r the Es tablishment and stellungsfarm. Berlin: Staatsverlag der DDR, July Development of Multilingual Thesauri. Revised text. 1976. 8 p., (ST RGW 174-75). Prep. by D. Austin and J. Waters. Bibliographic Sys­ R SEV. Tezaurus infarmacianno-paiskovyj adno­ tems and Standards Office. The British Lib rary, Lon­ jazycnyj: Struktura, sastav i fo rma predstavlenija don, Paris : Unesco 1980, 85 p. = PGI 80 WS/12. Monolingual thesauri : structure, composition, form UNESCO. UNISIST principes directeurs pour l'

100 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Infoterm News the se are as understanding across language and cultural barrie rs. To improve informatio n sto rage and re trieval fo r sci enti sts and scholars, practitio ne rs, and the public. COCTA NEWS The boundaries mentio ned fo r understanding ' of scienti fic re sults apply he re as we ll. 1. The CONTA Conference The effe ctive use of te rms and co ncepts in so ci al science re search troubles all scholars. The participants of the Bielefeld, West·Germany, proved to be an outstandi ng. success as judged by the quality of participatio n, the CONTA Confere nce , who spe ci alize in co nce ptual and go odwill expressed in all its interactio ns, and the intri ns­ termi no logical analysis, are espe ci ally aware ofdi ffi cul­ ic importance of its re sults. As announced in the pre­ ties in developing scienti fi c languages and relating the se vious issue of eaeTA News (in International Classifica· spe ci al language s to the ordinary language of different tio n 8 (198 1) No . I), COCTA (the Committee onCo n· co untrie s. Despite these difficulties, the co nfe re nce pa· ce ptual and Te rmi no lo gi cal Analysi s in the Social Scien· pe rs descri bed se veral co ncrete examples of progress ce s),in co operation wi th the German Unesco Commission; achieved in produci ng di ctio narie s, glo ssarie s, and the ­ the International Federatio n fo r Docume ntatio n, Com­ sauri fo r ce rtain fie ld s and subfields in the so ci ar scien· mi ttee on Classificatio n Research (FID/CR ) and on ce s. These ad vance s are re po rted inva rio us papers pre­ SocialSc ience Info rmation and Documentation (FID/SD); se nted at the co nfere nce and published in the co nfe rence the Informationszentrum Sozi alwissenschaften, the pro ceedings. Deutsche Gesellschaft fUr Dokume ntation, Ko mi tee Our re commendatio ns be lo w gre w out of our exper­ Politik, Recht, Wirtschaft, Ve rwaltung (DGD/PR WV) ie nce wi ,th these existi ng proje cts on diverse topics in and the Gesellschaft. ft ir Klassi fikation co nvened its several co untries. We offer our re co mmend ations to the fi rst independent co nference at the Ze ntrum fUr In· scholarly <:o mmunity in the ho pe ofmak ing even gre ate r te rdiszipli niire Fo rschung of the Bie le feld Universi ty progress in the effe ctive use 0f language in so cial scie nce fro m May 24-27, 198 1. Altoge the r 74 perso ns of re se arch in the future. 17 co untries partici pated. A to tal of 32 pape rs we re 1. General Recommendations pre se nted in 7 ple nary se ssions and si x wo rkshops. 1.1 Because many terms in the so ci al sciences are used E. K. SCHEUCH delivered the ke yno te add re ss enti tled fo r po li ti cal purpo se s and ofte n deliberately made ambi­ "Fro m Libraries fo r the Scho lars to Global Info rma· guous, and because the me anings of so me te rms change . tio n" . Duri ng the pre co nference semi nar :o n May 24 radically, giving the terms a hi sto ry of thei r own, retrie ­ so me 14 reports were given in ad ditio n. outlini ng the val syste ms sho uld provide acce ss to docume nts bo th wo rk of inte rnatio nal and national co mmittees re levant thro ugh co ncepts assigned by an indexer and through to the to pi cs of the co nference. the actual terms used in the docume nts. Thi s applies On the evening ofMa y 26 the wo rksho p chairmen and bo th to scie ntific wri ti ngs and to histo ri cal do cume nts. rappo rteurs me t fo r a lively discussio n of the re sults of 1.2 Designers of glo ssaries and /o r te rmi no lo gi cal data the debates and re ached agreement on a se t of draft banks should take into acco unt different degrees ofdif­ re commendatio ns that we re fi nalized by a subco mmittee fi culty in defining co ncepts. Some can be defined suc· co nsisting of D.SOE RGEL, K. JANDA, J. POOL and H. cinctly; othe rs require co ntexts, including quotations TEUN E fo r pre se ntatio n in the ne xt mo rning' s plenary fro m materials usi ng them; sti ll others are so co mplex se ssio n. Afte r discussio n and ad ditio n of a fe w points, that substantial analysis and/or extensive re ference to the fo llo wi ng re co mmendatio ns we re adopted. re levant li te rature is required. 1.3 Dictio naries (whe the r mo no · or multilingual), classi· 2. Recommendations fi catio n sche me s! the sauri , and glo ssaries all co ntain the Preface same basic info rmatio n; each type of tool co ntains addi­ tio nal info rmatio n spe cifi c to its purpo se. One unified Co nce ptual and termino lo gi cal analysis is needed in the co mputerised data base can be used to produce all of so ci al scie nce s fo r the fo llo wi ng purpose s: these tools. When te rm banks are established fo r a spe · - To facilitate the co nd uct of rese arch. ci fic purpo se , their fo rmat sho uld be fle xi ble so as to - To improve scientific and tech ni cal writing. Clarity allo w fo r inclusio n ofin ·d epth co nceptual and te rmino ­ and pre ci sio n can be improved through more careful lo gi cal info rmatio n and for the arrangement of their co n· use of co ncepts, and co rre sponding te rms, whi ch are te nt in the fo rmat of a di ctiqnary, a classification sche­ mo st appropriate to the objects of stud y and whi ch me /thesaurus, or a glo ssary. Othe r purpo se s can then be are no t biased to ward cultures othe r than the one se rved by simply including additional information. being studied . Thi s is of particular impo rtance fo r 1.4 We re co mme nd that each inte rnatio nal disciplinary so ci al science re se arch on no n- Western cultures and associatio n in the so ci al science s establish a pe rmanent the co mmunicatio n of such rese arch in the co ntext of bo dy to deal wi th co nceptual and te rmi nologi cal prob· the traditio nal disciplines that are orie nted to ward le ms of their disciplines. Weste rn culture . 1.5. We reco mmend that national di sciplinary associa· To improve the understanding of so cial scie nce results tio ns initiate and /o r maintain proje cts fo r the analysisof through better understanding of the terms used. Thi s co nce pts and te rms whi ch have si gnifi cance in their re­ includes understandi ng wi thi n scientifi c co mmunities, spe ctive co untries and cultures, and to relate the se ef­ acro ss scientific co mmunitie s, fro m science to appli­ fo rts to the preparatio n of an inte rnatio nal encyclo pedia cations, and fro m science to the public, and in all of of so ci al science co ncepts.

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 COCTA News 101 1.6 We recommend that regional meetings on concep­ 3. Papers presented at CONTA Conference tual and terminological analysis be held among social Topic 0. 2: Theory and Practice of Conceptual and Ter­ scientists from third world countries to discuss problems minological Analysis specific to their experience under Western influence. 0.21 Henry TEUNE: Concept development in the social 2. Recommendations on Specific Projects sciences: The logic and strategy of the Committee on 2.1 We believe that there is an urgent need for an Inter­ Conceptual and Terminological Analysis. national Encyclopedia of Social Science Concepts. Its 0.22 Jonathan POOL: Applying conceptual analysis in analysis of concepts should proceed from the most im­ the 21st century: design of a computerized system for portant and interdisciplinary concepts to the more speci­ global translingual communication. fic ones and should present a historical account of'their Session lA and Workshop IB: Theoretical Premises evolution. An international team of scholars representing the widest possible spectrum of cultures, political sys­ IAI J. S. PETOFI: Theory of concept analysis. IBI H. tems, and research traditions should compile the Ency­ M. ARTUS : Concept and context : problems and limita­ clopedia. tions. lB2 S. K. GHOSH: Problems and concepts of so­ Such an Encyclopedia is needed not only by scholars cial science research in India, especially Bengal and Ben­ and the interested public but also by the designers of gali. IB3 K. JANDA: What's in a name? Party labels classification schemes/indexing languages/thesauri who around the world. IB4 H. LECLERCQ: Some pluricon­ cannot themselves undertake the thorough conceptual ceptual terms in everyday language. analysis on which their tools should be based. Session 2A and Workshop 2B: Descriptor languages in 2.2 We recommend that COCTA initiate pilot projects the sacial sciences. for the development of classified analytic glossaries in 2Al Jean MEYRIAT: Evaluation of descriptor languages specialized areas. Such projects should be linked to pre­ in the social sciences 2Bl J. A. AYOADE: Criteria and parations for an International Encyclopedia of Social constraints of conceptual and terminological analysis: an Science Concepts. African perspective. 2B2 K. P. MISRA: Conceptual and 2.3 We strongly urge UNESCO to go forward with its terminological analysis: An Indian perspective. 2B3 J. E. plans for an Integrated Thesaurus of the Social Sciences. BOYD: 'Global Consciousness' - a system-building poli­ Such a thesaurus would allow retrieval from a variety of tical concept? 2B4 J. W. BJORKMAN: The concept of viewpoints taking account of cultural and contextual dif­ 'equity'. Multiple meanings in ordinary language. 2B5 G. ferences. Retrieval is supported either through direct use FLANZ: The significance of separating powers in the in indexing and searching or through facilitating the con­ development of constitutionalism and in contemporary struction of specialised classification schemes/thesauri. constitutions. With respect to the development of this thesaurus we recommend the following: Session 3A and Workshop 3B: Glossaries and Termbanks a) There is a strong link between the Integrated Thesau­ 3AI F. W. RIGGS: Establishment of glossaries. 3Bl H. rus and the International Encyclopedia of Social Science P. OHLY: Concepts: of what? for whom? 3B2 J. Concepts. The Thesaurus, and the data base used in its MALICSI: The universality of descriptor languages in development , should be structured in such a way that it relation to the particulars of data. 3B3 A. J. N. JUDGE: can support the compilation of the Encyclopedia. On Anti-developmental biases in thesaurus-construction. the other hand, as the Encyclopedia is compiled, it should be used to improve the thesaurus. Session 4A and Workshop 4B: Metaconcepts and Con­ (b) A computerised descriptor bank should be establish­ cept Compatibility ed and the Thesaurus itself should be maintained in 4AI D. SOERGEL: Comparison and compatibilities of machine-readable form. index languages and other concept schemes. 4BI A. (c) The sources to be used should be selected with re­ MARRADI: Metaconcepts for measurement terms. 4B2 spect to their contribution' to the final content and W. NEDOBITY: Metaconcepts of terminology. 4B3 D. structure of the Thesaurus; therefore, classification RUSU, I. DRAGOMIRESCU: Terms and concepts in systems should be included. Care should be taken to technology assessrnent studies. 4B4 H. G. BURGER: include also SQurces for concepts arising from social The Transitive Taxonomy: Classification by the grading of science research in third world countries. Sources not processes. available in machine-readable form should be converted. (d) Scope notes should be emphasized, so that the con­ Session 5A and Workshop 5B: Integration of Th esauri cepts covered will be widely understood. SAl Jean AITCHISON : Integration of thesauri in the (e) To save effort, an available detailed classification social sciences. 5BI J. LITOUKHIN: UNESCO's Project should be used as a starting pOint to develop the concep­ for the establishment of an Integrated Thesaurus of the tual structure. Social Sciences. 5B2 I. DAHLBERG: Guidelines for the 2.4 We recommend that guidelines for integrated the­ establishment of compatibility between information lan­ sauri be developed. guages. 5B3 M. DIENES: Testing the compatibility ma­ 2.5 We recommend that COCTA develop guidelines for trix in the field of culture. efforts in conceptual and terminological analysis under­ taken by disciplinary associations. Session 6A and Workshop 6B: Dictionaries and Term Banks. 6AI Imre MOLNAR, Georgy ROZSA: Establishing the INTERMIN system model within the UNESCO-INTER-

102 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 COCTA News CONCEPT Project. 6Bl R. J. WOLFSON: A formal le­ cepts of ethnicity in the USSR. - Jo hn Ayoade (Iba­ xicon for the social sciences. 6B2 T. FOLD! : A multilin­ dan): C<;mcepts of ethnicity, nationality and minorities

gual dictionary of economics. 6B3 E. MEYNEN: Two in Africa. - Robert Jackson (British Columbia, invited): international glossaries in cartography and geography. Concepts of ethnicity in the Anglo-Saxon languages. - 6B4 J _ MOGEY: A conceptual dictionary for family Rhoda Kesselman (Saarbrticken) : Concepts of ethnicity studies. in German. - N. N. Concepts of ethnicity in Spanish. 4. COCTA Meeting Discussant : Eric Casino (East-West-Center, Honolulu, Hawaii, il)v.). On the afternoon of May 28 altogether 20 participants in the CONTA Conference convened for a COCTA meet­ c. Pro blems and Is sues of Conceptual DeVelopment in ing that continued for two hours. Among the decisions Sociology taken at that time are the following: Chairmen: Alberto Marradi (Universities of Florence and a. Encyclopedia: The recommendation by the Conferen­ Catania, Viale Duse 32, Florence) and Nico Stehr (Dept. ce to recommend the preparation of an Encyclopedia of of Sociology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada Social Science Concepts was strongly supported. Riggs T6G 2H4). agreed to bring this proposal to the attention of the Helmut M. Artus (Bonn): The role of theories in concep­ International Social Science Council and other potential­ tual development: how far are concepts theory depen­ ly interested bodies. dent? - Jeffrey Alexander (UCLA, inv.): The genesis b. Glossary : In accordance with the Conference Recom­ and transformation of concepts in sociology. Roberti. mendation to COCTA to develop classified analytic glos­ Wolfson (Syracuse) and Alberto Madella (Catania) : Neo­ saries in one or more specialized areas, it was decided to positivist vs. phenomenological theories of concept for­ press for the preparation of glossaries in several lan­ mation and development. - N. N. (Mexico City): Con­ guages dealing with the phenomena and concepts used cept development and the growth of knowledge in socio­ by specialists writing about ethnicity, nationalities and logy. Discussants: Niklas Luhman (Bielefeld, inv.), minorities. COCTA will solicit volunteers among its Stefa n Nowak (Warzsawa, inv.). members who wish to participate in this project. c. Bibliograpic information: Jan-Erik Lane and Kenneth d. Metaconcepts in Sociology and Other Social Sciences Janda will take responsibility for the preparation of an­ Chairman: to be decided notated bibliographic information about publications - David Singer (Michigan) : The concepts of Variable and past and present - that relate to the analysis of selected ofIndicator. concepts. This information will be included in future Alberto Marradi (Florence and Catania): Metaconcepts issues of COCTA News. A list of COCTA members giving in measurement. their special interests in relation to Conceptual and Ter­ Ja nos Petdfi (Bielefeld): A common core of metacon­ minological Analysis (CTA) will also be prepared. cepts for the social sciences. d. Methodology: Henry Teune agreed to proceed with the collection of a supplementary bibliography on me­ 6. IPSA Congress thodological problems and metaconcepts important for CTA, and will seek the assistance of interested parti- . Suggestions for inclusion in the program of the IPSA cipants in the CONTA Conference. Congress were formulated to be passed on to George Graham, Jr., IPSA coordinator, who could not attend the CONT A conference. These suggestions include a panel 5. ISA Congress on the operationalization of definitions, to be planned Alfredo Marradi announced plans that have been made by Jan-Erik Lane and Kenneth Janda; and a panel on for the Congress of the International Sociological Asso­ "nationalism" and other concepts having special refe· ciation to be held in Mexico City, Aug. 1982. They are rence to their applications in Africa and other Third as follows: World Countries to.be planned by J. A. A. Ayoade. a. Key Concepts in Political Sociology: Authority, (De-) Guidelines Centralization, Development 7. Chairman: Henry Teune (Dept . of Political Science, Uni­ To carry out the recommendations No. 1.4 and 2.5, versity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104, USA). COCTA will develop guidelines for conceptual and ter­ Jan-Erik Lane (Umea) : The concept of Authority. - D. minological analysis for general use, and especially for L. Sheth (New Delhi, invited): Concepts of Develop­ use by specialist bodies in the member associations of ment. - Gunther Endruweit (Stuttgart): Methodological the International Social Science Council. consequences of different concepts in development re­ search. - Zdravko Mlinar (Ljubljana, invited): Concepts 8. Follow-up of Decentralization and Development. - J. Rogers Hol­ lingsworth (Wisconsin) : Concepts of Centralization Dis­ As its concluding action, the CONTA Conference adopt­ cussants: David Baldwin (Dartmouth College, invited)_ ed a resolution of thanks to all those who had made the b. The Development of Social Science Glossaries: the Bielefeld meeting possible and called npon COCTA to Idea ofEthnicity in Different Languages . establish a continuation machinery looking toward a Chairman: Fred W. Riggs (Dept. of Political Science, second similar conference at some future time. Such a University of Hawaii, 2424 Maile Way, Honolulu, Ha­ possibility will be considered most favorably when the waii, 96822, USA) time is ripe. Julian Bromley (USSR Acad. of Sciences, invited): Con-

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 COCTA News 103 dexing systems - Kaiser's systematic indexing, Chain in� dexing, Coordinate indexing, Relational indexing, String index system and switching languages; Comparison and tests of indexing languages; Citation indexes; Indexing BOOK REVIEWS tecluriques - conventional, punched cards, other mecha� nical aids, Computer�aided indexing and automatic in� dexing ; Index production - filing, typography and for­ WELLISCH, Hans H.: Indexing and Abstracting: An In­ mat; Indexing specific formats - books, serials and non� ternational Bibliography. Santa Barbara, California - book materials; Indexing of names and specific subj ects.; Oxford, England: ABC - Ohio, Inc. 1980. xxi, 308 p., User 'and use studies; Cost and time studies; Indexers - ISBN 0-87436-300-4. behaviour and consistency; Indexing as a profession; Training of indexers; Indexing around the world; History If one wishes to trace the development of ideas in a of indexing; and Humour in indexing. Part 2, Abstracting, particular subject field, a comprehensive annotated bi­ includes items of a general and evaluative nature, fol� bliography on the field concerned is an essential referen­ lowed by sections on abstracting techniques ,- human ce tool. This tool which was conspicuous by its absence and automatic -, and lastly Abstracting and indexing in the field of indexing and abstracting, except for some services. In each of the sections in both the parts, the smaller, highly selective indexing bibliographies, has entries have been arranged chronologically under each been sought to be overcome by Wellisch in his annotated subheading and within each year alphabetically by bibliography. It is no doubt a very good attempt to bring author. A good feature of the bibliography is the inclu­ under one cover "a century of writing on indexing and sion of items dealing with terminology, standards, biblio­ " abstracting . graphies, etc. under the sub-headings as well as provision The bibliography covers the period I 856-1976, though of "See also" instructions. a few writings before the ninetheenth century as well as 'Apart from items selected from formal secondary sour­ few books and articles on indexing and abstracting pub­ ces, doctoral theses pertaining to indexing and abstract� lished between 1977-1979 have been included. It is in­ ing - seldom listed in general bibliographic tools - have teresting to note that 90 % of the literature covered be­ been included in this comprehensive bibliography, a fea­ longs to Post-World War II era, and that 75 % of the ture that will be appreciated by many a user. literature emanated from the beginning of 1960! As The bibliography comprises 2383 references - 1996 on should be expected, the English language continues to indexing and 387 On abstracting - and is provided with dominate the scene accounting for 83 % of the literature. author and detailed subject indexes. Perhaps, it would Topics included in the bibliography are those pertaining have been useful for indexers of bibliographies if infor­ to "the indication of subject content by means of words, mation on the subject index in regard to the rules go­ terms or phrases, but excludes most of the writings on verning the choice of ideas and index terms, rendering of classification". However, comparisons between verbal in­ simple and multiworded terms in the index entries, style dexing systems and classification systems as well as pub­ of writing - capitalisation, punctuation marks, italiza� lications dealing with "thesauri in selection to indexing, tion etc. -, as well as procedure followed for indexing with terminological questions, and with use of thesauri and man-hours (if available) spent on indexing, was in­ by indexers" have also been included. It is unfortunate, cluded in the introductory section. though, that items dealing with "specific local applica­ For a detailed statistical analysis of the bibliography, tion of an indexing system without contributing any­ the reader is referred to an article published in Intern. thing substantially new to the state of the art" have been Classific. 7 (1980) No. 3, p. 135-9 by Hans H. Wellisch, excluded. This because it involves evaluation of docu� the author of this bibliography. ments and thus introduces, on the part of the compiler, The reviewed bibliography is an indispensable source the element of subjectivity and/or personal bias into the of most useful information to those interested in teaching bibliography. Perhaps; it would be a good policy for and/or those seeking to explore and research in the field compilers of comprehensive bibliographies to desist from of indexing and abstracting. However, the symbiotic re­ the temptation of evaluating and to observe reticence in laUonship existing between classification and indexing excluding items,'and thus leaving it to the judgement of necessitates the user to turn to other sources of informa­ the users to decide the novelty or otherwise of the con­ tion on classification literature as no comprehensive bi� tributions. bliography is available on this to-date. Perhaps, this The bibliography is divided into two major parts - In­ hurdle will be overcome by the publication of Interna­ dexing and Abstracting -, preceded by an introductory tional Classification and Indexing Bibliography " (ICIE) section. The introductory section traces briefly the his­ in 1982 (for details see the Editorial of Intern. Classif. 7 tory of indexing and abstracting from the time of Aris­ (1980) No. I). totle, emphasising on the contributions of Conrad Gess­ The reviewed bibliography is recommended for all aca­ ner and Andrea Crestadoro in the mid-sixteenth and demic libraries and library and information science schools mid-nineteenth century respectively, to the present day the world over, especially in developing countries where - the cut-off date being 1976. Indexing, which forms the printed media continue to be the mainstay of all Part 1, includes seventeen sections covering the entire academic activity, with the automated information re� spectrum of indexing - Generalities which include writ­ II kval systems still being a dream of a distant future. ings of a fundamental nature on the early period, theory' S. Seetharama of indexing, and mathematical models; Indexing lan­ c/o DRTC, 31 Church Street guages/Index terms: General and linguistic aspects; In- Bangalore 560001, India

104 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Book Reviews CRESSWELL, Max J.: Die Sprachen der Logik und die Betrachten wir nun Beispiele aus der Umgangsspra· Logik der Sprache (Logics and Languages) Berlin/New che ! Intransitive Verben, wie z.B. ,Jauft'\ gehoren York: de Gruyter 1979. 43 1 p., DM 36.- (Translation zu (0 ,1); transitive V�rben wie "liebt" gehOren zu (0,1 ,1). of Logics and Languages, London: Methuen 1973). Transitive Verben und zweistellige Pradikate sowie in· 1. "Es gibt meiner Meinung nach keinen wesentlichen transitive Verben und einstellige Pradikate liegen - wie theoretischen Unterschied zwischen natilrlichen Sprachen man sieht - in der gleichen Kategorie. und den kUnstlichen Sprachen der Logiker" (1). Aus die· Cresswells Ansatz zur Semantik ist modelltheoretisch. ser Grundthese leitet Montague den Anspruch ab, nacho Eine ModeHstruktur fUr eine reine Kategorialsprache L weisen zu k6nnen, daB man Syntax und Semantik sowohl ist ein geordnetes Paar (D,T>, worin D eine Funktion von formaler als auch natilrlicher Sprachen innerhalb einer Syn ist, deren Werte Mengen sind, unter def Voraus· Theorie entwickeln kann· (2). Montagues Programm wird setzung, da� in dem Blich "Logics and Languages" des LogikersMaxJ. (3) Wenn a ::: (T,a1 ," .,an) ist , dann ist Du eine Cresswell (3) (Victoria University of Wellington, Neusee· Menge von Funktionen von DU1 x ...xDu n in Dr land) aufgenommen und weiterentwickelt. Dieses Buch gilt (vg!. S. 114). Do ist dabei die Menge der Aussagen Begt nun in einer "Obersetzung vonR. PosnerundB, Wiese (propositions) und DI die Menge der Dinge (things). T auch in deutsche! Sprache vor (4). Cresswells Jlemiihen ist eine Teilmenge von Do , namlich die ausgczeich· ist es, eine Reihe von formalen Sprachen einzuftihren, nete Menge wahrer Werte . Ein ModeH (J),T,Vl erhalt "die auf den Sprachen der formalen Logik aufbauen und man, wenn man die Modellstruktur . . . , anE Syn, den wir uns zunachst Do zu! dann (T, ai , ... , an) E Syn Cresswell kritisiert solche Ansatze, die Aussagen zwar erftillt. Dies ist so aufzufassen , daB die Elemente von IN auf eine gegebene Menge "moglicher Welten" beziehen, die syntaktischen Grundkategorien sind - und dall (T, ai , dann aber die Natur dieser Welten ungeklart belassen. ..., an) diejenige Funktorkategorie ist, die aus den Ge· "Dadurch soll die Logik von allen moglicherweise unbe· genstandcn der Kategorien a1 , ...,a n Gegenstande der quemen ,ontoiogischen Eingestandnissen' freigehalten Kategorie T macht (vg!. S. 111). Cresswell benutzt ,,0" werden (als ob es eine Tugend ware, an nichts als an die als Index fUr die Kategorie der Satze und ,,1" fUr Na· Existenz von Sprachen zu glauben)"(S. 58). Cresswell be· men. Weitere natiirliche Zahlen werden nicht benutzt. zeichnet seine Analyse moglicher Welten als "atomi· Zur ErHiuterung sei zunachst ein Beispiel au-s der Aus· stische" (S . 59). Ausgegangen wird von einer Menge B von " sagenlogik betrachtet. Der Negator "i macht aus ei· elementaren Einzelsachverhal�en, wobei "elementar" auf nem Ausdruck der Kategorie 0 einen anderen Ausdruck eine gegebene Theorie zu beziehen ist. Jede Teilmenge w aus O. Entsprechend gehort er der Kategorie (0,0) an. Der von B bestinunt dabei eine mogliche Welt dergestalt, dall " Konklusor ,,/I. macht einen Ausdruck aus 0 aus zwei die Elemente von B, die Elemente von w sind, sich als Ausdrilcken von 0, er hat also die Kategorie (0,0,0>. atomare Tatsachen der Welt verstehen lassen. VeraHgemeinernd kann man sagen, dall allemonadischen Betrachtet man Aussagen als Mengen moglicher Welten, Funktoren des Aussagenkalkiils der Kategorie (0,0> und so sind Aussagen, die logisch aquivalent sind, stets auch aHe dyadischen Funktoren der Kategorie (0,0,0) angeho· identisch, und umgekehrt. Es gibt aber Falle, in denen reno Unterstellt man eine Bewertung, so ist festzuhalten, logisch aquivalente Aussagen nicht miteinander zu iden· daB diese Kategorienzuordnungen Bestand haben, egal, tifizieren sind: Aussagehaltungen sind ein Beispiel. Neh­ ob wir bivalente, trivalente oder auch muItivalente Kal· men wir einen Mathematiker an, der innerhalb einer ge· kille konstruieren. Cresswell arbeitet aHerdings aus· gebenen Theorie eine (wahre) Aussage p entdeckt hat. Die schlieillich mit dem zweiwertigen Aussagenkalkiil (mit mit p aquivalente Aussage q ist def Forschung aber (noch) den Wahrheitswerten "wahr" und "falsch"). nicht bekannt. Unser Mathematiker wilede also zum Zeit· Pradikate mit einer Argumentstelle machen Slitze aus punkt seiner Entdeckung auf keinem Fall p mit q identi· Namen, gehOren also zu Kategorie (0,1). Pradikate mit fizieren, ware aber auf Grund der Mogliche·Welten·Logik zwei Argumentstellen sind in der Kategorie (0,1,1) zu dazu gezwungen. Cresswell definiert .entsprechend eine verorten uSW. Aussage nick! als Menge moglicher Welten.

[ntern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Book Reviews 105 Da aber Mengen magticher Welten fUrlogische Auf· tieren als "ist ein x, so da� a". Wenn x eine Variable der gaben natig sind, werden sie trotzdem eingefUhrt , und Kategorie a und a ein Ausdruck der Kategorie r ist} dann zwar als Protoaussagen (vgl. S. 65). Diese Protoaussagen ist (A,x,a) in der Kategorie (0,7). Zur Verdeutlichung ein eignen sich natiirlich nicht - wie gesehen - fOr Aussage· Beispiel. Das intransitive Verb ,Jauft" gehOrt zur Kate· haltungen . Solehe Aussagehaltungen, die Glaubens -, gorie (0,1), die Verneinung ,,nicht" zur Kategorie (0,0). Meinens - oder Wissensaspekte haben k6nnen und die Durch Abstraktion erhalten wir das komplexe Pradikat auch moglicherweise physikalisch unmagliche Entitiiten des "Nicht-Iaufens" als fordern, werden ,,�mmelH genannt . Ein Himmel ist SO� (6) (A,x, (nicht , (lauft,x») , mit eine Menge von irgendwelchen Protoaussagen in einer gewissen Gesamtkonstellation. Nun ist es denkbar, daB zu lesen als "ist ein x, so da� x nicht lauft". einigen dieser Himmel Welten entsprechen (sog. "Welt· Fassen wir diesen Gedanken nun in die exakte Himmel"). Letztendlich ist eine Aussage eine Menge von Schreibweise Cresswells! ,;A" ist eine Entitat, die weder Himmeln. Zusammengefallt betrachtet (vgl . S. 66), geht in Syn noeh in L vorkommt . X ist eine Funktion von Cresswell fo lgende Definitionsschritte. Syn dergestalt, dall Xu fUr jedes 0 E Syn eine abzahlbar Ausgangspunkt ist die Menge der elementaren unendliche Menge ist, die von jedem XT (fUr 0 * 7) und Einzelsachverhalte B. Dann ist von jeder Menge, die aus Zeichen von L besteht, di�unkt is!. ist somit die Menge der Variablen yom Typ o. W die Menge der moglichen Welten (p B), x" PP die Menge der Protoaussagen (p W), Das System EA.von Ausdrucksmengen von LA. ist nun ge­ H die Menge der Himmel (p PP) und nau' die Funktion von Syn, deren Werte die kleinsten Mengen sind, die die folgenden Bedingungen (7) erfUI· Do die Menge der Aussagen (p H). len. F sei dabei die endliche Menge der Zeichen der u . , Eine Aussage p aus Do ist genau dann in einer Welt Kategorie a. wahr , wenn sie den Welt·Himmel entMlt, der dieser Welt (7) Wenn O,1',Ul, " " un E Syn, dann entsprich!. Zwei Aussagen sind genau dann logisch iiqui· valent, wenn sie in genau denselben Welten waIn sind. (7.1) Xu \: E� Zwei Aussagen sind identisch, wenn sie dieselben Himmel (7.2) Fu \: E� enthalten. Sie sind nicht notwendigerweise identisch. wenn sie _nor dieselben Welt-Himmel enthalten. Die zwei (7.3) Wenn 8 E EtT,U" ... , un) und al ,'" ,an Aussagen p und q des oben bemUhten Mathematikers sind EE� "" ,E� ,dann (6,al " " ,an) EE� nach dieser Festlegung zwar logisch aquivalent, aber nicht I n identisch, da p und q unterschiedliche Himmel enthalten. Kommen wir nun zu DI ! Zugrundegelegt wird hier (7.4) Wenn P E Xu und a E E�, dann und fUr jede A·geschlossene Satz· A die nicht existieren, aber wohl existieren konnten. Auch menge A in L ein Modell (D,T,V) gibt, das A charak· kann ein Individuum in mehreren Welten existieren, wo­ ·terisiert" (S. 140). bei moglicherweise seine Manifestationen unterschiedlich 5. Die A·Kategorialsprache fu ngiert als Tiefenstruktur na· sind. Urn diesen"Aspekten gerecht zu werden, ist es notig, tiirlicher Sprachen (vg!. S. 204). Durch die Streichung A bei Dingen uber mehrere mag!iche Welten hinweg zu der "i\" und der Variablen in L erhalten WIT die sog. quantifizieren ("Querweltein'Quantifikation", vgL S. "Sockelstruktur" der A ·Kategorialsprache. Die Oberflii· 149). chenstruktur nun entspricht del' nattirlichen Spraehe. Die elementaren Individuen sind nur eine Art von Hierbei zeigt sich, dal> nicht alle Satze der Sockelstruktur Dingen. Letztlich fallt unter DI "alles, was es gibt" (S. auch als Satze der natiirlichen Sprache akzeptabel sind. ISS), d. h., die AUklasse der vorgelegten Mengenlehre, Umgekehrt ist es aber mog!ich, viele (vielleicht aile) Satze wobei die Elemente von B (elementare Einzelsachver­ der natiirlichen Sprache, die akzeptabel sind, auch in halte) die Bestandteile sind. der A·Kategorialsprache abzubilden . Bei mehrdeutigen 4. Die X-Erweiterung einer reinen Kategorialsprache L Satzen, die in def nattirlichen Sprache durcheine Zeichen­ ZUI A·Kategorialsprache e' ftihrt zu einer Sprache, die folge dargestellt werden, ist natiirlich eine ,;Obersetzung" reich genug ist, Formulierungen der nattirliehen Sprache in versehiedene} die einzelnen Deutungsrnoglichkeiten er­ zu erfassen. Die "X "-Notation entlehnt Cresswell von schOpfende Formulierungen der A·Kategorialsprache not· Ch urch (8). Eingeftihrt wird das logische Zeichen ,;A" wendig. Fiille von lexikalischer Mehrdeutigkeit (wie im mit den zugehOrigen Variablen; erreicht wird dadurch Deutschen z.B. ,,Mark',) werden in der Kategorialsprache eine Abstraktion (vg!. S. 130). ,,(A,x,a)" ist zu interpre· unterschieden ("MARK! ", "MARK2 ", •••, vgL S. 344

106 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Book Reviews ff.) . Bei Termen wie "ich", ,,hier", ,jetzt", die je nach 4 Au:Ber kleinen Verbesserungen ist eine wesentliche Anderung dem Gebrauchskontext Unterschiedliches bezeichnen, der Originalausgabe vorgenommen worden. Sie bctrifft die ist der Zeitpunkt der i\.ul1erung, der Sprecher sowie Einfuhrung der mengenthcoretischen Basis zur Darstellung O andere Kontextmerkmale in Betracht zu ziehen (vgl. von Ausdrucken (S. 396-397). Hier folgt die deutsche, ber­ setzung Teilen eines spateren Aufsatzes von Cresswell. Vgl.: S, 172 fL). M. J. Cresswell : Note on the usc of sequences in 'Logics and FUr die Zeichen von L kann Beliebiges gewlihlt wer­ Languages', Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic 16 (1975), den (vg!. S. 341). Z.B. sind (A,x,(Ol,Xi) und(A,y (Ol,y» sy­ S.445-448. nonym, wobei die strukturelle Rolle von x genauso von 5 vgl. auch: M. J. Cresswell: Categorial Languages, Studia Logica 36 (1977), S. 257-269. y iibernommen werden kann. Es erfordert nach Cresswell 6 vgl.: S. Lesniewski: GrundzUge eines neuen SysternsderGrund­ die Rolle der A-Tiefenstruktur zwar keineswegs, das We­ lagen der Mathematik, in: Fundamenta Mathematicae, Bd. 14, sen der velWendeten Zeichen zu bestimmen; man kann Warszawa 1929. allerdings die Zeichep. von L als "universale menschliche 7 vgl.: K. Aj dukiewicz: Die syntaktische Konnexitiit, Studia Philosophic. 1 (1935), S. 1-27. Begriffe" (S. 341) defmieren. Dies bedeutet , dal1 n na­ 8 vgl.: A. Church : A formulation of the simple theory of types, tiirliche Sprachen A,B, ... , N sich nur in der Ober­ Journal of Symbolic Logic 5 (1940), S. 56-68 - ders.: The flachenrealisierung der zugrundeliegenden Sprache L calculi of lambda conversion, Princeton 1941. unterscheiden. So verstanden, ware die Tiefenstruktur, Wolfgang Stock, Philosophie-Informationssystem. also die I\-Kategorialsprache Li\, als "eine: Art universel­ Edelsgrub 114, A·8302 Nestelbach bei Graz les Begriffssystem" (S. 278) anzusehen. Spatestens hier sieht man, dal1 Cresswells Buch nicht nur fUr Linguisten und Logiker von Interesse ist, sondern auch fUr Infor­ PAWLOWSKI, Tadeusz: llegriffsbildung und Definition mationswissenschaftler. Bei der Konstruktion be­ (Concept formation and definition). Berlin-New York: stimmter Dokumentationssprachen (z.B. Thesauri oder de Gruyter 1980. p. 280 (transi. fromPolish by G. Grzyb) K1assifikationssysteme) sind Begriffssysteme stets erfor­ derlich. Die Fundierung solcher Systeme Uber Katego­ Das vorliegende Buch des polnischen Wissenschaftstheo­ rialsprachen eroffnet der Informationswissenschaft neue retikers T. Pawlowski wendet sich besondefs an "Vertre­ Forsehungsmoglichkeiten. te! def einzelnen Geistes- und Sozialwissenschaften, die Als Ergebnis fUr Logik und Linguistik ist festzuhal­ an Problemen der Begriffsbildung interessiert sind, sowie· ten, daB beide Disziplinen zusammengewachsen sind. an Beziehungen, die zwischen der Wahl einer bestimmten Wahrend in der Vergangenheit die Entscheidung Uber die Definition eines Begriffs ( ...) bestehen" (S. 6). GUltigkeit von AusdrUcken der natiirlichen Sprache nur Pawlowski unterscheidet drei Definitionsarten: fest­ durch eine von einem sprachkompetenten Ubersetzer stellende Wiedergabe des vorgefundenen Bedeutungsin­ vorgenommene tTbersetzung in eine formale Sprache ge­ haltes eines Begriffs in einer Sprache), festsetzende (Neu­ troffen werden konnte, ist durch die Arbeiten von Mon­ einftihrung eines Ausdrucks in eine Spraehe) und regulie­ tague und Cresswell diese Entseheidung in der ·natUrli­ rende (Mischform) Definitionen (vg!. S. 18 ft). Mit die­ chen Spraehe selbst moglich geworden. ser Dreiteilung erweilert Pawlowski den Definitionsbe­ Hieraus folgt eine weitere Perspektive fUr die Infor­ reich von "Definition", wie es z.B. im klassischen Werk mationswissenschaft . Sollte die Semantik der natiirlichen von Dubislav (I) belegt ist. Sprache einmal restIos geklart sein, steht einer automa­ Jede Definition mul1 formal korrekt sein, d. h. die Be­ tischen Ubersetzung und - in Verbindung mit dem o.g. dingungen des Nichtvorhandenseins von ZirkularWit universellen Begriffssystem - einer automatischen In­ (vgl. S. 32 ft) , Ignotum per ignotum (vgl. S. 36 ft), Wider­ dexierung natiirlichsprachiger Texte nichts mehr im We­ spriichliehkeit (vgl. S. 38 ft) und - nur bei der feststel­ ge. lenden Definition - Inadaquatheit der Definition (vg!. Freilich: mehr als Ansiitze fUr solche Unternehmen S. 39 ft) erfUllen. hat Cresswell nicht geleistet. Wissenschaftliche Definitionen mi.issen alltags- sprachiiche Mangel wie Mehrdeutigkeit (vgl. S. 53 ft) , Ji.quivokation (yg!. S. 69 ft) oder Vagheit (vgl. S. 75 ft) Notes: vermeiden. Die genannten Bedingungen stellen allerdings nur notwendige Bedingungen fUr den wissenschaftlich 1 R. Montague: Universal Grammar, Theoria 36 (1970), S. 373- nutzlichen Gebrauch bestimmter Definitionen dar) denn 398; hier: S. 373 (wortlich iibersetzt) "wie solIen die GegensUinde und Erscheinungen der uns 2 vgl. dazu etwa: H. Schnelle: Montagues Grammatiktheorie­ umgebenden Welt klassifiziert, und die entstandenen Einleitung tuld Kommentar zu R. Montagues Universaler Grammatik, in: R. Montague, H. Schnelle: Universale Gram­ Klassen den wissenschaftlichen Termini so zugeordnet matik, Braunschweig 19'12. S. 1-33 - W. Stegmuller : Haupt­ werden, daB sich Gesetzmlil1igkeiten entdecken lassen, stromungen der Gegenwartsphilosophie, Bd. 2, Stuttgart denen diese Erscheinungen unterliegen" (S. 84)? Hier ist 1975, S. 35-64 - R. H. Thomason: Introduction, in: ders. entseheidend das Kriterium der wissenschaftliehen Niltz­ (Hrg.): Formal Philosophy. Selected Papers of Richard Mon­ tague, New Haven/London 1974, S. 1-69. liehkeit, deren formale Bedingungen beziiglich Defini­ 3 vgl.: M. J. Cresswell: Logics and Languages, London 1973; tionen I) eine einheitliche Menge von Gegenstlinden (Ex­ vgl. auch sekundar: E. Engdahl, Synthese 40 (1979), S. 375- tension), 2) die Nennung von nur wesentlichen Eigenschaf­ 387 - D. Gallin, Journal of Symbolic Logic 42 (1977), S. ten (Intension) und 3) die Wirksamkeil, Okonomie und 425-426 - F. Guenther, Studies in Languag� 1 (1977), S. Ergiebigkeit der Definition fUr den jeweiligen Wissen­ 437-453 - J. Largeault, Archives de Philosophie 41 (1978), S. 487-489 - D. E. Over, Mind 84 (1975), S. 623-625 - S. schaftsbereich sind (vgl. S. 88 ft) . Die Voraussetzungen Read, Philosophical Books 15 (1974) 2, S. 1-3 - M. K. fUr die ErfUliung dieses Kriteriums sind die Verbalisierun­ Rennie, Australasian Journal of Philosophy 52 (1974), S. gen derjenigen Gesichtspunkte, "nach denen sich die Wis­ 277-282. 'senschaftler in dieser Angelegenheit orientieren" (S. 84).

Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Book Reviews 107 Die wissenschaftliche Niitzlichkeit von Definitionen ist plikationen auf der Basis partieller Definitionen (vg!". S. also abhangig von den Orientierungspunkten der einzelnen 211)(6). Wissenschaftler. Diese "Orientierung" hat nachPawlowski Bis zu diesem Punkt hat Pawlowski Definitionen von grob zwei Fixpunkte: Orientierung aufnomnlogische wis· emotional neutralen Begriffen behandelt (vg! . S. 247). In senschaften (vgL S. 88 ff) und Orientierung aufideogra· seinem letzten Kapilel geht er auf die Persuasion ein - phlsche Wissenschaften (vg!. S. 99 ff) . Diese Wissen· und damit auf Definitionen von emotional aktiven Begrif· schaftseinteilung nach Windelband erscheint uns aber zu fen -, wobei er zwischen einer Veranderung der mit dem allgemein. Giinstiger ist es die NUtzlichkeit von Defini· Definiendum verbundenen emotionalen Assoziationen tionen (und damit auch von Begriffen) entweder in Be· und einer Veranderung der Extension des Definiendum zug auf gewisse "Paradigmen" hn Sinne Kuhns (2) oder unterscheidet (vg!. S. 248 ff). auf einzelne Theorien etwa im Sinne Sneeds (3) oder ! Was die Bedeutung Pawlowskis fUr die wissenschaft· Stegmii/lers (4) zu beziehen. liche Begriffsbildung schlechthln angeht, .lallt sich fol· Die allgemeine Form einer Definition stell! sichdar als gendes feststellen. Aquivalenzdefinition mit dem Schema A'1tB. wobei Einen Anspruch auf eine Erliiuterung der Rolle der Definitionen in den Naturwissenschaften erhebt Paw· "A" das Definiendum, B" das Definiens und die " W lowski nicht. Entsprechend fehlt bei ihm eine Diskussion Definitionskopula mit Aquivalenzcharakter bezeichnet des fUr die naturwissenschaftliche Begriffsbildung (7) (vg!. S. Nicht jede wissenschaftlich niitzliche Defini· II). zentralen Aspekts der Operationalitat bzw. Mellbarkeit. tion Hillt sich allerdings in dieser Form darstellen . In den Sozialwissenschaften spielen Explikation und Die zugehOrige Definitionsart ist die partielle Defini· " Operationalisierung mit dem Ziel einer operationalen De­ tion", in def die Extension des Definiendum nur unvoll· - finition eine Rolle. In besonderem Malle geht es urn Be· . sHindig bestimmt wird (vgl. S. 128 ff) . Pawlowsky nennt griffe mit empirischem Bezug (8). Die operationale Defi· zwei M6glichkeiten dieser Definitionsart: in def Definition nition umraill eine Begriffserkllirung und gibt daruber wird a} nur ein positives Kriterium hinreichende Bedin­ hinaus Anwendungskriterien dafiir an, wie der Begriff in gung) oder b) ein negatives Kriterium (notwendige Bedin· einer Forschungsoperation zu verwenden ist. Dieser gung) fUr dieAnwendung des Definiendum geliefert. Wei· Anspruch der Sozialwissenschaften wird von Pawlowski tere partieTIe Defmitionenkonnen erganzenden Charakter erfUllt (vg!. Kap. 5: Explikationen). haben, man gelangt jedoch nie zu einer vollstandigen Geisteswissenschaftler sind oftmals konfrontiert mit Aquivalenzdefinition. Ausgehend von R. Carnap (5), der wertbeladenen und emotionalen Begriffen, die liberdies anhand des Beispieles der Definition des Begriffs "was· z. T. unscharf definiert sind. Die Kliirung dieser geistes· serloslich" die Existenz von nur partiell definierbaren wissenschaftlichen Begriffsbildung ist wohl der interes· Begriffen nachwies (vgL S. 129 ff) , stellt Pawlowski Arten santeste Teil des vorliegenden Buches, partieHer Definitionen und ihre Anwendung in den Insgesamt gesehen ist das Buch von Pawlowski ein Geistes· und Sozialwissenschaften dar (vg!. S. 141 ff) . Ansatz zur -'K1arung geistes- und sozialwissenschaft­ Eine andere Form def Defirrition ist die Explikation. licher Begriffsbildung. Kritisch zu betraehten ist aHer· Diese ist ein Verfahren, bei dem ein alltagssprachlicher dings, dall Pawlowskl nicht systematisch, sondern strek· bzw. unklarer Begriff (Explikandum) zu einem prazisen, kenweise lediglich anhand von Beispielen arbeite!. wissenschaftlichen Begriff (Explikat) transformiert wird (vgl. S. 157/58). Genauer gesagt ist das Explikat nicht nur eine Begriffsbestimmung, sondern zu einem vollstandigen Anmerkungen: Explikat gehoren auch noch operationale Anwendungs· 1 Dubislav versteht unter einer Definition im engeren Sinne ei­ kriterien, die den Gebrauch des Explikats festlegen (vg!. ne Festsetzung der Bedeutung von Zeichen, Diese Zeichen S. 160). Die Qualitat eines Explikats hangt einmal davon sind auf ihre Grundzeichen zuruckzuftihren, wobei eine Defi­ ab, inwieweit es sich als integraler Bestandteil einer Theo� nition der Grundzeichen wissenschaftlich bcdeutungslos ist rie bzw, ·eines Begriffssystems erweist und somit wissen� (vgl. W. Dubislav : Dber die Definition, Berlin 1926). 2 Kuhn, Th. S.: The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, Chi­ schaftlich nUtzlich ist (vg! . 164 ff) . Zum 'anderen mull cago, 1967. ein Explikat prazise sein, sodaB genau entscheidbar ist, 3 Sneed, J. D.: The Logical Structure of Mathematical Physics. welche Gegenstiinde ihm zuzuordnen sind (vg!. S. 171). Dordrecht 1971. Drittens soli es dem Explikandum iihnlichsein, um ein all� 4 Stegmiiller, W.: Probleme und Resultate der Wisscnschafts� theorie und Analytischen Philosophie, Bd. 11, 2 Hlbd.: TheoM tagssprachliches Verstandnis zu ermoglichen und das vor· rienstruktur und Theoriendynamik, Berlin/Heidelberg/New handene Wissen zu erhalten (vg!. S. 175 ff). York 1973. Charakteristisch fUr die Geisteswissenschaften, insbeM 5 Carnap, R.: Testability and Meaning. In: Philosophy of Science sondere im Hinblick auf die Evolution unserer Vorstel· 3 (1936/37), S. 420-471. lungen und unseres Wissens, sind Begriffe mit BedeutungsM 6 Wittgenstein, L.: Philosophische Untersuchungen, Frankfurt/ M. 1969. famillen (vg!. S. 240 ff). Die Extension solcher Begriffe 7 vgI. dazu z.B. Balzer, W., KamIah, A. (Hrsg.): Aspekte der besteht nicht aus einer Menge von Objekten, ,Jlir die physikalischen Begriffsbildung: Theoretische Begriffe und eine Konjunktion der all diesen Objekten und nur diesen operationale Definitionen. Braunschweig/Wiesbaden 1979. Objekten zukommenden Eigenschaften gilt. Sie besteht 8 vgl. dazu z.B. Prim, R., Tilmann, H.: Grundlagen einer kri­ tisch-rationalen Sozialwissenschaft, Heidelberg 3 1977 S. vielmehr aus einer Anzahl von Teilmengen, die ledig!ich 31-62. durch partietie Anlichkeiten miteinander verbunden sind, aufgrund derer sie eine Teilmengenfamilie bilden. Wolfgang Coenenberg, Barbara Eichhorn, Jutta Hinke, Dieser Teilmenge/lfamilie entspricht eine Bedeutungs· Anne·Kathrin Rehr familie, die den Sinn dieses Begriffes ausmacht" (S. 199 Philosophisches Seminar der Universitat DUsseldorf, und vg!. S. 202). Definiert werden solche Begriffe als Ex· D4000 DUsseldorf

108 Intern. Classificat. 8 (1981) No. 2 Book Reviews CLASSI FICATION LITERATURE 8(1981)No.2 (6686-7144)

Outline of form and subject categories of the field of classification science and applied classification

0 Form divisions 5 On special objects CS (taxonomies) 01 Bibliographies 51 Numerical taxonomy*** 02 Literature reviews 52 On taxonomies and nomenclature for chern. 02 Dictionaries, terminologies 53 On taxonomies for minerals and materials 04 Classification systems & thesauri 54 On taxonomies for plants and animals 05 Periodicals and serials 55 On taxonomies in the human area 06 Conference reports, proceedings 56 On taxonomies in the socia area 07 Text books (whole field)' 57 On commodity CS 08 Other monographs (whole field)* 58 On CS for kinds of documents 09 Standards, guidelines 59 On CS for objects in humanities area

Theoretical foundations 6 On special subjects CS 11 General theory of order 61 On CS for mathematics and area I fields 12 Conceptual basis of class. 62 On CS for physics and chemistry, incl. el. 13 Mathematics of classification 63 On CS for the astro� and geosciences 14 Systemology and classification 64 On CS in the bio�area 15 Psychol. & epistemol. of class. 65 On CS in the human area 16 Development of science and class. 66 On CS in the sQcio�area 17 Classification problems 67 On CS in the. economics and techno!' area 18 Classification research 68 On CS in the information area 19 History of classification 69 On CS in the culture and humanities area

2 Structure and construction of CS** 7 Classification and language 21 General questions of structure 71 Gen. piobl. of nat. languages, semiotics 22 Elements and special structures 72 Semantics 23 Construction of CS 73 Automatic language processing 24 Relationships 74 Grammar problems 25 Sequencing of concepts/classes 75 Question��nswering systems 26 Notation, codes 76 Lexicon, dictionary problems 27 Compilation, updating, storage & 77 General problems of terminology main tenance of CS 78 Special terminology problems 28 Compatibility and concordances of CS 79 Problems of transla tion (inc I. multiling. CS) 29 Evaluation of CS 8 Applied classing and indexing 3 Classing and indexing (methodology) 81 General problems of indexes and indexing rules 31 Theory of classing & indexing 82 Data indexing 32 Subject analysis 83 Indexing of and by titles, phrases 33 Classing and indexing techniques 84 Indexing of texts 34 Automatic classing and indexing 85 Book indexing 35 Automatic ordering 86 Indexing and indexes of CS 36 Coding 87 Indexing of secondary literature 37 Reclassification 88 Indexing of primary literature 38 Index generation programming 89 Classing and indexing of pictures, etc. 39 Evaluation of indexing 9 Classification "milieu" (Org. & EconJ 4 On universal systems 91 General probl. of organisation of class. 41 On universal systems in general 92 Persons and institutions in class. 42 On the UDC 93 Org. of class. on the national level 43 On the DDC 94 Org. of class. on the intern. level 44 On the LCC 95 Education and training in class. & index. 45 On the Bliss Classification, BC 97 Economic aspects 46 On the Colon Classification, CC 98 User studies 47 On the Libr.-Bibliogr. Class., LBC (BBK) 99 Standardization in classification 48 On other universal CS (alph.) 49 On CS for special user groups '" Except for 51 outline follows under 5 and 6 thc main divi- * Monographs on special topics at spec. subdjvi.�iom ... jom in schcmc ob ."u bjcct fields as given in [.C.2 (1975) . ** CS stands for Classification Systems including thesauri No. 1, p. 36

109 o FORM DIVISIONS "Some methodological recommendations on dictionary develop­ ments" and a list of 1000 relatively new terms in informa­ 01 BIBLIOGRAPH fls tion science with definitions in alphabetical order. prepared by E.G.Azgaldov and· A. I.Chernyi.

6699 Jones, D.P. et aT ; National Center for Higher Education Nanagement Systems: Handbook of standard terminology for re­ po rting and recording information about libraries. Orig.en. Boulder, Col o. 1979. 317 p., 5 fig .• 30 tab. , 35 refs., ED 174205

1969 Md. 6700 Sippl, Ch.J.; Mayer, J.C. : The essential computer dlc­ bases, - December 197 . rlg. en. 6e ltsvl lie, 1979. 13 , tionary and spel ler for secretaries, mananers. and office p. personnel. ur lg. en. Englewood Chffs , .J. : Prentlce Hall $ 106 citations from onl ine search. 1980. 258 p., 13.95, ISBN 0-13-284364-1

6688 Perruchet, C.: References for studying val idity tests 1 6701 British Standards Institution: Glossary of terms used about data anal sis. Preblbliographie pour 'etude des in data roceSSing. Pt.16: Information theory. Orig. en. i 1 8 problJmes de va ldite en analyse des donnees. Orig. en, fro London 979 . p.. ISBN 0-580-10852-X, as 3527; ISO Issy les Moulineaux, france 1981. 19 p. 2382/XVI-1978 Bibl iography meant as a basis for meetin9s to be held in 1982 by the Research Group on Data Analysis of the CNET on 6702 Mache. W.W. : Lexikon der Text- und Datenkommunikation. the topic of validity tests about data analysis. The author aegriffe - AbkUrzungen - Kurzworter. (Dictionary of text and solicits bibliographic data on these topics to be sent to: data communication. Concepts abbreviations acronyms) Orig.de .• C.Perruchet, CNET/PAA/ATR/MTI, 38-40 rue du General Leclerc, MUnchen: Uldenbourg 19;80 .. 374 p., DM 84 ISB� 3-486-24361-6 f-92131 Issy les Moulineaux. 04 CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS AND THESAURI 6689 Wilke, J.: Bibliographie zu Verfahren der multivariaten Stati stik. der mehrdimensionalen Klass1fikation und ihre An­ 6703 Lenoch, H. (Comp.); Commission of the European Communi­ wendungen 1n Natur- und Gesel lschaftswlssenschaften 1901-1975 ties, Transl .Div., Tenninology Bureau : System of classifica­ (Bibliography on processes of multivariate statistics of mul­ tion: ke to subject fields. countr codeS, lan ua e s bols. tidimensional classification and their applications in natu­ Orig. en. uxem urg .1980. 118 p. ral and social sciences, 1901-1975) Orig.de, ru. Berl in/DDR: Akademie-Verlag 1978. 1123 p., 2 vols., DM 72.40 6704 Deusche Bibliothek: SchlaQwort-Pool. Kumulationsperiode lists some 7471 titles on factor analysis, principal compo­ 1976/1 1979/11. T.l: Alphabet.C1ste der Scfilagworter mlt An­ nent analysis, multidimensional scal ing, cluster analysis, ga6e der Systematiknummer; T.2: Systemat.Liste d.genormten numerical taxonomy, pattern recognition. Each section in al­ Schlagworter (Subject-headings pool . Cumulation period 1976- phabetical arrangement. Separate sections for the authors 1979. Pt.1: Alph.list of subject-headings with notation, Pt.2 with names in Cy rillic script. Introduction in German. in­ Classified list of standardized subject-headings) Orig.de dexes p.l039-1123. Frankfurt: Buchhandler-Verein 1980.· 650p. , ISBN 3-7657-.0903-4 6690 Robinson, P. : ESP (Engl ish for Special Purposes): The UDC �resent positlon. Orig. en. Oxford: Pergamon Press 1980. 21 p. - Pergamon Institute of English: Position Papers 6705 Atomic Weapons Res.Establishment: Alphabetical Subject A 504-i tem bibliography covering the following kinds of pub- 1 Index to the UDC. Vol .1: Alph.Subject Listing, Vol .2: UDC i cations: journal s, project and conference reports, collec­ Order Listing. Drig.en. Aldennaston, U.K. 1980. 245+225 p. tions of papers and articles, articles on defi nitions of ESP. historical studies of ESP, books and articles on topics rela­ 6706 lindahl , B.(Ed.): Reducerad UDK: Universelle Decimal­ ting to education and training in· the field and according to klassificationen i kort urval for koordinativ klassificering subject matter. av byggl itteratur. (Reduced UDC for coordinate classing of building literature) Orig. sv. Stockholm 1979. 180 p., 6691 Hjerppe, R. ; Royal Inst.of Technol . library: A b·iblio­ ISBN 91-7240-035-8 graphy of bibliometrics and citation index;n and analysis. . • ? Orig. en. Stockholm 1925. 163 p Report TRI A-LIB-2013 DOC

03 DICTIONARIES, TERMINOLOGIES 6707 National Library of New Zealand. School Library ser­ vice: Numerical and alphabetical subject headings for primary 6692 Goedecke, W. : Worterbuch der WerkstoffprUfung ("Dictio- school s. Orig. en. Wel lington. New Zealand 1978. 50 p. nary of material testing) Orig. de, en, fro , DUsseldorf: Verein Deutscher Ingenieure. VDI 1979. 382+486 6708 National library of New Zealand, School Library Ser­ p., 2 vols., ISBN 3�18-400434�1, 3�18-400435-X vice: Subject headings for secondary school libraries. Orig. en. Wei!lngton. New Ze aland 1978. 58 p. 6693 World Health Organization: Glossary on air po llution. .• = Orig. en. Genf: WHO 1980. 114 p., Sw.fr.12 WHO Regional B8C (BLISS) Publications. European Series No.9, ISBN 92-9020-109-6 Contains definitions of over 600 terms taken from a wide of North range of disciplines. A large number of them are quoted ver­ batim from standard vocabularies.

6694 Patrick. P.K. (Comp. ): Glossary of solid wastes. Orig.en. Genf: World Health Organizat. 1980. 92 p. Sw.fr.12.- OTHER UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS

6695 Laubacher, M.R. (Comp.); Syracuse University, ERIC: 6710 Centre National de Documentation du Maroc: MAKNAZ ­ A glossary of ERIC terminology. Orig. en. Syracuse, N. Y. Thesaurus du s sterne de documentation scientifi ue et tech­ 1978. 22 p. nique. Thesaurus for the scientific and technical documenta­ tlOn system) Orig. fro Rabat, Morocco 1980. 1035 p., 12 voTs. 6696 British Standards Institution: Glossary of pape r, board. lU1N and related terms. Orig. en. London 1979. 25 p., SPECIAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEMS AND THESAURI 56 O�580-11075-3, BS 3202; ISO 4046-1978 6711 British Standards Institution: aSI ROOT Thesaurus. �.6697 Robert Bosch GmbH (Ed.): fachworterbuch Kraftfahrttech­ Pt. l: Subject display; Pt.2: Alphabetical list. Orig. en. (Automative engineering dictionary) Orig.de, en. HemeT Hempstead, Herts. 1981. 620+676 p. DUsseldorf: Verein Deutscher Ingenieure VOl 1976-1977. The thesaurus contains some 11 800 descriptors and 5500 lead­ .• 354+369 p. , .2 vols ISBN 3-18-419044-7, 3-18-419046-3 in entries. The entire information of the systematic part (or­ ganized as a faceted classification) is contained in the al­ 6698 Gorkova. V.I., Bakulina, LI.(Eds.): Essential problems phabetical list. The relationship indications are given in in tenninology for ;nfonnatics and documentatlOn. Some n1etho� internationally readable mathematical symbols - a novelty in dological recommendations on dictionary developments. New thesaurus display. Because the material is heJd on computer tenns in infonnatics. Orig. en. ru. Moskva: VINITI 1980. file in a versatile way and 1s arranged in systematic order 111 p., FLO Publ .570 it is possible to create subsets of the thesaurus for special This volume. compiled by the FID/DT Terminology of Informa­ technical fields by a special computer printout of both of tion and Documentation Study Committee, includes the paper the tables. subject display and alphabetical section.

110 Intern.Classificat. 8(198I)No.2 Classification Literature 6712 Machalow, R. : Subject headings list for the research collection of the Library of the Children 's Television Work­ shop. Orlg. en. Washi ngton ,D.C. : ERIC 1977. 17 p. , ED 143 369

6713 Trela, J.-C.; Vigeannel-Lar;ve, 0. ; Bibliotheque inte�­ universitaire sc1entifique Jussicu: Thesaurus de math1!matl­ 6738 Great Britain. �Ianpower Services Commi ssion: Classifi­ � (Mathematics thesaurus) Orig. fro Parl s 1978. 370 p. cation of occu�ations and directory of occupational titles. Su pplement. Orl g. en. London: HMSO 1980. 70 p. 6714 Institution of 6739 Great Britain. House of Commons Library : The House of �',-\��h$�J!:!!-'-'- first working ed. Orig. en.

6715 Institution of Electrical Engineers: INSPEC Thesaurus 6741 National Library of Australia: The APAIS thesaurus: a 1981. Orig. en. London 1980. 463 p., ISBN 0-85�96-225-8 list of subject terms used in the Austral1an Pu bl ic Affa irs InformatlOn Service. Orig. en. Canberra, ACT 1980(?). 99 p. 6716 International Atomic Energy Agency: INIS Thesaurus, Rev.19. Ori g. en. Wien 1980. 748 p., ISBN 92-0-178480-5 6743 Reinermann.H. ; Trautwein, K. , Umbre;t. K. ; Hochschu1e fUr Verwa ltungsw; ssenschaften: Fachordnung Staat und Verwa1- 6717 Uranium Institute: The Library (including classifica- tun 1m Fachi nformationss stem 11 'Recht und Verwaltun '. tion scheme). Ori g. en. London, England 1980. 18 p. u Jec or er or s a e an a mIn s ra 10n 1n e su ject information system 11 'Law and Administration. "2nd ed.) Ori g. 6718 New York Institute of Technology; Center for Energy de. Speyer 1980. 101 p. to INFO EES Suggested Subject Pol icy and Research: Index N.Y. The subject field comprises 'public assignments ' in its tota­ Headings. Orig. en. Old Westbury , 1980. 26 p. lity, especially 1egis)ative, administration in a narrower sense, jurisdiction :and publ ic enterprises; The system con­ 6719 National Research Council ; Maritime Research Informa­ sists of a systematic part with 4 levels and an alphabetical­ tion Service: Index of MRIS subject terms keywo rds). Orig. ly ordered subject headings index of some 4500 entries. en. Washington, D.C.: Natl . Academy of Sciences 1980. 151p.

1. p.33-39

6745 Community information system thesaurus of index terms. Orig. en. In: Ainley, P. ; Assoc.of Assistant Librarians, South East Div.; Bas1cs of community information: an action handbook for librarians. London 1980. p.43-59

6746 Brett, D.T. : The Police Staff College. Or;g. en. State Libr. 1980 Vol 28, No 2. p.16-20 Includes a short outl ine of special classification schedules.

6748 Heine, V.: University of Southern California, Norris Medical Library : Classification scheme for materials on drug abuse. Orig. en. Los Angeles, CA 1979. 3 p.

6750 8ritish Insurance Assoc .: Thesaurus of terms. Orig. en. London 1979. 30 p.

6751 Industrial Development Centre for Arab States : Macro­ thesaurus for information eroces sing in the field of ec� and soc1al developme nt. Orlg. ar, en, fro Calro, Egypt 1979. 314+1 37 p.

6752 Deutsche Stiftung fUr internati anal e Entwi cklung; Zentra1e Dokumentation und Stiftung Deutsches Obersee Insti­ tut. Arb.Gr.Obersee-Dokumentation: Thesaurus fUr wi rtschaft- 1iche und soziale Entwicklung. (Thesaurus for economic and soclal development, 8th rev.ed .• Alphabetic Part) Orig.en, 287 p. Bonn; Hamburg 1980, ISBN 3-922852-00-9

6753 Ward,E.(Comp. ): Urban affairs subject headings. Orig.en Westport, CO: Greenwood Press 1975. 34 p. ISBN 0-8371-8537-8

6754 Relph, M.H.C.; Army Field Artillerie School : The sub­ ject headings of the Morris Swett Library USAFAS. Orig. en. Fort Sill, OK 1980. 432 p., AO-A084673

6755 Centro de Informacion Economica (CIEB): Listados de descri tores si las de or anismos economicos aises utili­ zados por el CIEB. Descriptor list, acronyms of organisms and !lst of countries) 2nd ed. Orig. es. Bogota, Columbia 1980. 172 p.

6756 " Orna. E. ; Engineering Industry Training Board (EIT8), Library and Information Servies: EITB Library and Information Services Thesaurus. Orig. en. Watford, England 1978. 135 p., ISBN 0-85083-422-8

6757 International Institute of Welding: The International Welding Thesaurus. 2nd ed. Orig. en. Abington 1980. 155 p.

6758 British Standards Institution: ClaSSification and num­ bering sbstem and nomenclature of components for watches and clocks. r1g .en. London 1980. .4 p. , ISBN 0-580-11355-8.

6759 Great BrHain. Property Services Agency: Construction Silver Sprl ng, Md. 1980. 59 p. industry terms: a guide based on the structural principles

Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 111 of the Construction Industry Thesaurus (CIT). Orig. en. 06 CONFERENCE REPORTS, PROCEEDINGS .f London: Department of the Environment 1979 . 76 p., 4.50 6774 Schrader, S. (Ed. ); Bundesforschungsanstalt fUr Forst­ 6760 Article Number Association, Ltd.! Retail article num­ und Holzwirtschaft: Technical information systems, terminolo­ bering and s bOl marking operating manual . Rev .ed. Orig.en. $V 1980. xg9 and control led vocabularies related to forestry. Proceed- london p. 1ngs of the InternatlOnal symposium of lUFRO Subject. (Group 6.03 'Information and Terminology ', Hamburg, I5-18,May 1979) 6761 Pulp and Paper Institute of Canada: Thesaurus of pulp Orig. en. Hamburg: Wiedebusch 1979. Mitt.d.BFA f. Forst- u.­ and paper terms: supplement No.4 (includes suppl .No.l to 3). Holzwirtschaft 127. Orlg. en. PO lnte Claire, Canada 1980. 65 p. Contains the following contributions of interest: 6775 Win­ ters, R.K. : Suggested guidel ines for preparing mul tillngual 6762 Lappin, J.A.E.; Martin, S.L. , Dobay, N.L.G.; David forestry terminologies, p. 129-132. - 6776 Bernetti , G.; No­ W.Taylor Naval Ship Res.and Development Center: DTNSRDC centini, S. , Manolacu, G.M.: ,The Italian version of the mul­ Librar Subject Thesaurus. Orig. en. a Md. til ingual forestry terminology, p. 133-136. - 6777 Strand, L. : Bethes a, 1980. 763 p. , AD-A082 829 A mul tilingual thesaurus for forestry, p.141-145. - 6778 Gar­ raud, S. : The French thesaurus AGRIOOC in view of new deve-1 op­ 6763 Service Central Technique des Ports Maritimes et des ments in computerized information retrieval systems in France. Voies(l) Nav;gables: Thesaurus: Ports. Nav; ation. H drolo ie. p.147-150. - 6779 Blatchford, O.N. : The value of ODe for in­ Llste alphabetique des descripteurs. 2 Schema fleches formation retrieval now and tomorrow, p.171-176. - 6780 des descripteurs. Orig. fro CompiE!gne, France 1979. 2 fasc. Schenker, R. : Advocating the Oxford System of Decimal Classr:­ fication for forestry, p.177-1B3. 6764 Current

6765 Orszagos Szechenyi Konyvtar, Konyvtartudomanyi es Modszertaini Kozpont: Thesaurus of library- and information science. Orig. hu. Budapest 1976. 205 p., ISBN 963-201-033-7 67B2 Top.lcal problems of library terminology. Interrepubli­ 6766 AFIPS Taxonol1\Y Committee: Taxono co science � ofAFt �uter 1980. can scientific-theoretical conference, Riga, 28-29 Nov.1979. and engi neering. Orig. en. Arlington, a. : Press Orig. ru. Moskva 1979. 36 p. .• $ $ 461 p Members 15.-, Others 35.-. 6783 Suslova, I.M. : Termi nological activities in librari­ A detailed outl ine (up to 6 levels) of the fol lowing topics: anship. p.4-5. - 6784 Barsuk, A.!.; Malevil, E.N. : Ways of Hardware, Computer Systems, Data, Software, Mathematics of assimilation of thelJSSR State Standard "BibliographY: terms Computing, Theory of Compu ting, Methodologies, Applications, and definitions". p.1l-13. - 6785 Lej15ik, V.M. : The objec­ Computing Milieu. tives and directions of work lnthe field of library science terminology 1n the national languages of the USSR, p.14-15. - 6767 New York Times: The Information Bank Thesaurus. A guide 6786 Lininja, S.Ja.: On some aspects in the forming of l,i­ for searching The Information Bank and for organizing, cata­ brary- science terms, p.16-18. - 6787 -Skulnja, V.: Some lin­ loguing, indexing and searching collections of information on guistic principles of term buildi�p. 19-21. - 6788 Tichono­ current events. 7th ed. Orig.en. Parsippany,N.Y. 1980. 604 p. va, E.V. ; Brodskaja, B.A., Abdurachmanov, Ch.: Toward the se­ lection and organisation of lexical material for a Russian­ 6768 Biblioteca Tecnica, Empresa Nacional de Telecomunica­ Uzbek thematic dictionary of librarianship, p.22-24. - 6789 ciones S.A. : Thesauro de telecomonicaciones. (Thesaurus for Jurman. Ch. : Some problems of the ordering of library termi­ tel ecommunicatlOn) Or1g. es ..Sant1ago, Chl le 1978. 2 vols. nology in the Estonian SSR, p.25-26. - 6790 Mikaeljan, C.O.: The state of the art in library and biblTO"g"raphic terminology 05 PERIODICALS AND SERIALS in the Armenian SSR. p.27. - 6791 Arutene. V.: On the work of the Council for Library Termlnology of the Interdepartmental 6769 Cataloging and Classification uarterlY. Orig. en. Library Commission in the Lithuanian SSR. p.28. - 6792 Mau­ � $ New York, N.Y. : Haworth Press 198 Vol 1, No I, 30.­ linja, A.A. : The subsystem of classification and cataloguing Editor: D.C.Cook. Faculty of Library Science, -Un iversity of terms : the present state and some problems, p.29-31. - 6793 Toronto, 140 St. George Street, Toronto. Onto ,CON M5S lAI Karma, T. : On uncertainties in the classification terminology, The journal , first intended to be named ItBibl iographic orga­ p.32-33. nization" will consider the full spectrum of �e creation, content and use of biliographic records, including the prin­ 6794 Krommer-Benz, M.(Ed.}: Theoretical and methodological ciples. functions and techniques of descriptive cataloging, problems of terminology. Proc.lnternational Symposium con­ the wide -range of methods of subject analysis and classifica­ vened by Gosstandard, VNIIKI. Moscow 27-30 Nov.1979. Orig. tion. the administration and management of -the cataloging en, ru, fro ;:: Infoterm Series 6. MUnchen: K.G.Saur 1980. 608 p. function, the bibliographic record in an information network, 6795 SHorov. V.1.; Kande1aki, T.L. : The methodological and the policies and planning leading to the effective use of aspects of terminological work . (From the experience of the bibliographic records in modern society. (From the Editorial) Committee of Scientific and Technical Terminology). p.49.:.58, 11· refs. - 6796 Felber, H.: The Vienna School of Terminology. 6770 FLO CR News. Newsletter of the Committee on Classifica­ Fundamentals and its theory, p.69-86, 14 refs. - 6797 Drozd. tion Researc CR} of the Federation International e de Docu­ L.: Some remarks on a linguistic theory of terminology, mentation (FID). In: Int.Classif. B{1981}No.I, p.33-35 p.l06-117. - 6798 Dovbenko, M.A. : The role of terminology in From 1981 on this news letter which had been published sepa­ science and technology. p.131-137. - 6799 Rondeau, G.: Prob­ rately since 1973 by the FIDleR Secretariat appears in IC. It lems and methods of terminological neology (Neonymy). p. 143- contains a Calendar of Meetings, Reports of CR Groups in the 159. - 6800 Sager, J.C.: Criteria_ for measuring the functional countries of the worlds, news about activities of FIDICR and efficacy of terms, p. 194-217. - 6801 Picht. H. : Tennino10gi­ news about on-going research in classification. cal activities in the Nordic countries, p.242-252. - 6802 Krommer-Benz. M. : Infoterm - activities concerning methodolo­ 6771 American University. English Language Institute: The gical and theoretical aspects of terminology work, p.260-270. ESP Journal . An International Journal of English for Special 6803 Tessier, P.: The TERMI-Thesaurus, p.280-283. - 6804 Ba­ Pu rposes. Ori g. en. Washington, D.C. 1980 Vol I, No 1, 75 p. tis. J.: Organization and work of the Termi nological Comm1 s- , sion at the Slovene Academy of Science and Arts, p.295-297. - 6772 Infoterm, Austrian Standards Institute: TermNet News. 6805 Weis. E.: Termi nology work at the University of Econo­ "iTiTcS. Orig. en, fro Ottawa , CON: Secretary of State, Documentatl0n Vienna, Austria,_ p.301. - 6806 Danilenko, V.P. ; Skorv­ and Terminology Branch 1981 Vol I, No 1, quarterly, free of tsov, L.I.: Linguistic problems of standardization in termi­ nology, p.303-31l. - 6807 Rousseau, L.-J.: La nonnalisation charge, for TermNet partners. Editorial Board: H.Felber, a A.Landry, H.Picht, G.Rondeau, J.C.Sager. terminologique l'Office de la Langue Francraise, p.320-333. The No.1 contains a statement on aims and contents of this 6808 Volkova. I.N. : Basic methodological pnnciples of stan­ journal , a report on Infoterm and TermNet by H. Felber, a pre­ dardization of terminology in the USSR, p.345-352. - 6809 Pe­ sentation on this institution as an example for similar pre­ tiau, C.: Remarks on the creation, development and standardi­ s entations and book reviews and reports. Some sections are zation of terminology in the physical sciences� and in their bi lingual E-F side by side. technol ogical applications, p.363-374. 6810 Baudys, M.: Czechoslovak experience with the preparation of termi nologi­ 6773 Werner, R. : Book review of "Fachsprache". Internationa­ cal standards. p.381-389. - 6811 Benabdel la, A. : Problems of le Zeitschrift fOr Fachsprachentorschung, -didaktik und arabizing science and co-ordinating scientific terms. p.399- Terminology. (Language for Special Purposes (LSP). Research. 407. - 6812 Sakov. A.A. ; Perstnev. I. P.: Automated banks of Teaching. Terminology. (Title also in French) 1(1979)No.I} standardized terms in the USSR, p.413-420. - 6813 Brinkmann, de, Orig. In: Lebende Sprachen 1981. No 1, p.183-I84 K.H. : Use of the TEAM Terminology Oata Bank for the termino-

112 Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature logy work of the Deutsches Institut fUr Normung (DIN - Stan­ logical signatu.res from ClUSTAN. - 6863 Kendall. A.J.; Solo­ dards Institute of the Federal Republic of Germany), p.429- mon, D.: Using 'core clusters' in the development of a typo­ 432. - 6814 Vol lmer, J.: Experience with Eurodicautom - the logy of countie� in five Western states. - 6864 Peters, 8.C. : terminology bank of the European Communities, p.447-452. - HISSE - a maximum likelihood mixture density estimator which 6815 De Castro. D.R. : A terminology bank for a technical incorporates spatial information in LANDSAT data. - 6865 He­ trick. V.R. ; Alexander, O.K. : Satel lite imagery classifica­ university, p.458-464. - 6816- Smirnov. I.P.; Oubine, I.I.: New terms in scientific ana teChnical translation and automa­ tion systems. - 6866 Gersch, W.: Nearest neighbor rule classi tic dictionaries. p.476-479. - 6817 Nil1er. J.D. : Machine as­ fication of time series. - 6867 Weber, J.E.; Monarchi, D.L: sisted transl ation: a new hope for terminology data banks, Robustness of multiple group discriminant analysis. - 6868 p.484-490. - 6818 Gor 'kova. V.I.: Terminology development: Cami 11 i ,- G.: The role of di scriminant ana lysis in character; ­ the application of methods used in informatics. p.503-513. sing covariance adjustments. - 6869 Frary , J.�1.: Application - 6819 Arntz, R. : Terminology as a discipline in the training of cluster analysis in educatio�research. - 6870 Barnett, of translators and interpreters in languages for special pur­ D.: A cluster analysis of the strong Campbell Interest Inven­ poses, p.524-530. - 6820 Selander. E.: Termi nology training tory. 6871 Rousseau, P.: Phonological rule order and varient - a tool for the improvement of international glossaries, hierar� - 6872 Nezzich, J.'E. : Impact of cluster analysis 1.: p,543-549. - 6821 Dahlberg, On the structure of defini­ in psychopathology and medicine. - 6873 Andreasen, N.C.: Clus­ tions, p.568-5�- 6822 Dubuc.R.: La situation en terminolo­ ter analysis and the classification of depression. - 6874 gie, p.571-582. - 6823 leska, 8.M. : The connections between Skinner, H. A. : A general model for psychopathology. - 6875 systems of concepts and thesauri, p.583-590. - 6824 Riggs, Ede1brock, C.: Construction of an empi rically based taxonomy F.: Terminology for the social sciences, p.591-608-,- of children 's behaviour disorders. 6876 Bekoff, M. ; Mitton, J.P.: Application of multivariate/numerical taxonomic methods 6825 Manevi�, S.M.; Sacharnyj , L.V. (Eds.): Problems of to ethological data. - 6877 Rubi son, R.M. ; Finnegan, M.: Mul­ sUb�ect analysis and the subiect catalogue. Orig. ru. tivariate classification systems using non-metric traits with Sb. au�. Trud. Gas . Pub 1 .Biblioteka im.M. E. Sa l tykova-Scedrina app-lications in physical anthropology. - 6878 Wong. J.; Han­ Leningrad 1979. 223 p. sell, R. : Hyperg�on\etric clustering of, faunal groups. 6826 Information on the second stage of the study "State of 6879 Davi s, R.G.,: "8rief" tests of olfactory perception with subject catalogues in Soviet libraries", p.7-14. - 6827 Sub­ odor similarity judgments evalutated by multidimensional, sca­ ject catalogues in socia-pol itical profile libraries,-p. I5- ling to determine perceptual anomalies. 323 - 6828 Volgar', L.G. : Subject catalogues of libraries of medical colleges and research institutes. p.33-50. - 6829 6880 Down ing, J.C. : Round Table on Classification. Orig. en. I.S. : 6, Ka�mazova, Subject catalogues in the Georgian Repub"fTC In: IFLA J. 1980 Vol No 3. p.214-215 libraries, p.51-62. - 6830 Anasovi�, L.A. : The subject cata­ Meeting in Aug. 1980 at Ma nila. logue in the system of catalogues of the V. I.Lenin State li­ brary of the 8jelorussian SSR, p.63-68. - 6831 Sobolevskaja, 6881 ECCSID WG3 Group in Prague. Orig. en. E.I. : The structure of subject headings in the subject cata­ In: Int.Classlf. 1981 Vol 8, No 1. p.32 logues of technical libraries, p.69-82. - 6832 Fontalina, M. Report on the meeting Sept.9-11, 1980 in Prague concerned N.: Use of centralised subject indexing in speciallsed medi­ with discussions on the results of preliminary investigations cal libraries. p.83-102. - 6833 Manevit. S.M. : Personal ia into the compatibil ity of universal indexing languages. such entries in the subject catalogue, p.115-130. - 6834 Saraeva, as the UDC. the MISON 'Rubircator and the 3S0. G.A. : Constructing a model of an indexing language grammar, with special reference to the indexing language of the M.E. 6882 _International Committee on Computational L"inguistics Saltykov-Scedrin State Public Library Subject Catal ogue, p. (ICCL): COLING 80. Proc. of the 8th Inte�n .Conf.on Computa­ 157-167. - 6835 Sobolevskaja. E.Z.: Toward the study of syn­ tional Lin9uistics. Tokyo, Sept.30 to Oct.4. 1980. Orig. en. tagmatic reiatlons between two subject headings assigned to Tokyo 1980, 616 p., 50 fig., 30 tabl ., 500 refs. the same document, p.168-I77. Contains 93 papers arranged in chapters on 'linguistics ', 'logic' and 'informatics '. 6836 Abstracts of a ers resented at the 11th Annual Meet­ ing of the orth American 8ranch The Classif.Soc. , 1-3 6883 e June 1980, Boulder, Colo. Orlg. en. In: Classif.Soc.Bull. 1981 Vol 4, No 4. p.44-73 in 6837 Williamson, J.A.: Maximum likelihood and classification. Orig. p.44-46 6838 Kleiner, 8.: Graphical methods in cluster analysis. - The report covers general infonnation on the conference as 6839 Carrol l, J.D.; Green, P.L : Latent class analysis as well as information on its resul ts concerning computer-sup­ fuzzy clustering. - 6840 Lorr, M.: On equivalenf of clusters ported translation, lexicology. syntactical analysis, data in attribute and individual space. - 6841 Bryant. J.: Linear and information processing and text analysis and verbal un­ scaling while preserving distances. -=-6842 Freidheim, E.A. : derstanding of visual infonnation. InterpreUve strategies for multi-dimensions. - 6843 Nelson, A.H. : Mixed variable associations for cluster analysis. - 6884 Hoffmann, L.: Internationales Kol loguium zur Fachspra­ 6844 Bieber, S.L.; Lightner, l.L. : Classifica'tion through chenforschun und Fachs racheniehre unter 8erUcKsichtl un stationary factoring. - 6845 8ezdek, J.C.; Solomon, K. : Simu­ des Spanischen SaarbrUcken, 6.8.Nov. 1980 . International lation of impl icit numerTcal characteristics using smal l Colloquy on Research and Education in Tenninology with Spe­ sampl es. - 6846 Williams. R. C.: Classification of chronic cial Emphasis on Spanish) Orig. de. pain syndromes: an application of clustering. - 6847 G.O. : In: Fachsprache 1981 Vol 3, No 1. p.26-29 Dy namic classification of growth or dOSe response c�s over an interval of time. - 6848 Shapiro. M.: Cluster analysis of 6885" some blood enzymes. - 6849 Mi lligan, G.W. : A f�onte Carlo Stu­ dy of thirty internal criterion measures for clustet' analy­ London, 1 sis. - 6850 Edelbrock, C.: Comparing hierarchical clustering In: 33, No 4. p.121-192 algorithms on their ability to estimate underlying population Included in this issue of Aslib Proc. are the 13 papers of N. ; parameters. - 6851 Downton, Brennan, T.: Compa ring clas­ the meeting mentioned as �lell as the reports of the separate sifications: an evaluation of several coefficients of parti­ group meetings during this conference together with recommen­ tion agreement. - 6852 Fowl kes. E.B.; Nal lows, C.l.: A new dations. The papers are abstracted individually "jn this Clas­ measure of similarlty between two hierarchical clusterings sification li terature section. and its use in studying hierarchical clustet'ing methods. - 6853 Darden, W.; Howel l, R. : Agglomer<;l_tive hierarchical ap­ 07 TEXTBOOKS proach to market . segmentation: a two-stage strategy. - 6854 Carper, W.P.; SnlZek, W. : Evaluating current organizational 6886 Aman, M.H. (Ed.): Cataloging and classification of non­ taxonomies: an application of Sokal and Sneath 's axioms of Western material : concerns, issues and practices. Orig. en. numerical taxonomy. - 6855 Skinner, H.A. : Subtypes of a mys­ London: Oryx Press, Nansell 1980. 368 p., IS8N 0-7201-0917-5 tery produce???: a practical application of clustering. - Selection of papers with emphasis given to orig"inai writings Y. : 6856 Datta, Excessive variety, frequent model changes on materials in languages di stributed widely in Western li­ and performance of firms in the TV set industry: 1950-60. - hraries. T. ; 6857 Thompson, Kingsley, S.J.: Invisible colleges: clus­ K. ter analysis of 3700 scientific journals. - 6858 8ailey, 6887 Davi s, C.H. ; Rush. J.E. : Guide to infonnation science. D. : The epistemology of sociological classification. - 6859 Orig. en. Westport, Conn .: Greenwood Press 1979. 305 p., Brown, P.B.: The specification of social structure through IS8N 0-313-20982-0 canonical factor analysis of network circuits. - 6860 Rosen­ In this text one chapter is devoted to indexing and classifi­ berg, J.: The application of cl uster analysis to the identi­ cation. fication of role and value orientation. - 6861 Jones-Cecil, Catal09in� M.: Classification of earthquake areas in Southeastern Uni ted 6888 Manheimer, M.L. : and classification.N.Y. A: States using a modified pattern recognition technique. - 6862 workbook. 2nd rev.and expand.ed. On g. en. New York. Hetri ck. V.R.; 8rezonik, C.C. : Comparison and pooling of eco- Dekker 1980. 148 p., 800ks in Libr.and Inform. Science 30

Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)1'10.2 Classification Literature 113 Workbook for a course in library cataloguing and classifica­ tion of ;nfonnation retrieval languages and tenninology tion, mainly concerned with the AACR. Section 4 and 5 intro­ standards} Orig. de. In: Informatik 1981 Vol 28, No 1. duce into the LCC and the DOC. p.33-36, 20 refs. Discussion of the state-of-the art of concept systematization 6889 Townley, H.M. ; Gee, R.D.: Thesaurus-Making: Grow yo ur as a presupposition for the unifonn construction of informa­ own word-stock. Orfg. en. tion retrieval languages and tenninological lan uages. £ 9 London: A.Deutsch 1980. 206 p. , 7.95, ISBN 0-233-97225-0 Explains the theory behind the compilation of a word-stock 15 PSYCHOLOGY OF CLASSIFICATION and appl ies these principles to the specific example of a le­ gal thesaurus. Methods of maintenance and updating are dis­ 6901 Zvonkin, A.K. ; Frumkina. R.M. : Free classification: cussed as wel l as the computer appl ication in these proces­ behaviour models. Orig. ru. ses. NauEno-techn.inform. ,Ser.2 1980, No 6. p.I-6, 8 refs. Experiments conducted to answer the questi on: If several di­ 6�90 Wynar, B.S: : Introduction to catalogins and classif1ca­ stinct classification options appear equally suitable in tlOn 6th ed. Or1g. en. Littleton, Col o.: Li raries Unlimited terms of logic. then which one will be chosen by the classi- 19liO. . ' 657 p. , ISBN 0-B72B7-221-1 fier and why? Chapters on the DOC and the LCC as well as on LCSH, Sears Subject Headings and cataloguing rules (AACRI and AACR2). 18 CLASSIFICATION RESEARCH

OB OTHER MONOGRAPHS 6902 w�hl in. E. ; flO, Committee on Classification Research (FID/CR): Research on classification s stems. SUmmarizing : Bestands­ report on researc 1n c aSSl lcatlon systems and their appli­ zum 10. cation. Ori g.en. Bangalore, India 1979. 146 p. , FID-Publ .405 Fe6r .1979 An arys1s of holdings and library structure}. Reports on several developments of universal classification W1esbaden: Harrassowitz 1979. Orig. de. systems in recent. times and includes the two approaches of In: Zbl . f.Bibl .wes. 1980 Vol 94. No 10. p.483-485 the author 's own deyelopments since 1949. namely the conside­ ration of different objects of classification and the use of 1.. 6892 Beck, H. : Book review of Dahlberg. Dahlberg W. combinations within a universal systems and between a univer­ Eds. : KLasslfikation und Erkenntm s. I. II. Frankfurt:�es. sal and special systems. f.K assif. 1979. 216+232 p. Orig. de. 6903 Svenonius, E. : Directions for research in indexing, In: Zbl .Bibl .wes. 1981 Vol 95, No 3. p.120�124 classification. and cataloging. Ong. en. In: Libr.Resources 6893 DUvel, H.: Book review of Alshe1mer, R. Ed. : Bestands­ fechn .Serv. 1981 Vol 25, No 1. p.88-103. 48 refs. erschlieBun und Bi 10theksstruktur Analysis 0 hold1ngs This paper speculates on directions for research in the field and 1 rary structure . Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz 1979. Orig.de of bibliographical control , where bibliographical control is In: Int.Classif. 1981 Vol 8, No 1. p.40-41 taken to include indexing, classification and cataloguing. The approach taken is to consider questions in the field that 6894 Igumnov, J.: Book review of Dahlber , W. Ed. : Wissens­ need answering. The position taken is that while concerns of strukturen und Ordnungsmuster Structures of nowledge and a how-to-do-it nature drive this field's research, which is patterns of order). Frankfurt: Indeks Verlag 1980. 368 p. of an evaluative or deVelopmental nature, there is a strong Orig. cs. In: ts. infonnatika 1981 Vol 23, No 3. p.82-84 need for this research to be backed by basic theore.tical re­ search. (Author)

19 HISTORY OF CLASSIFICATION See also 7016

6904 Gennan. M. : Let us· now pra ise. Orig. en. 6896 Ungvary, R. ; Orszagos Szechenyi Konyvtar. Konyvtar-tu­ In: Amer.Libr. 1980 Vol 11. No 4. p.201-203 domanyi €s M6dszertani Kozpont! Thesaurus-Technology: Metho­ Short history on the life and work of A.Panizzi , C.Cutter, dological guide for the construction of thesaurl. Or 19. hu. S.Lubetzky, H.Bliss, G.Kel ley and S.R.Ranganathan. BUda pest 1979. 295 p. , ISBN 963-201-062-0 6905 Barcia Goyanes. J.J.: Los albores del lenguaje anatomi­ co en las lenguas neolatinas: la traduccion del llinventarlum" 1 THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS OF CLASSIFICATION . de GUy de cfiaul iac por Bernat de Cassaldovol . (The beginnings of anatomical terminology in neolatin languages : the transla­ 12 CONCEPTUAL BASIS OF CLASSIFICATION tion of the Inventarium of Guy de Chauliac by Bernat de -, Casaldovol) Orig. es. In: Med.Esp. 1980 Vol 79.• No 467. 6897. Alekceenko, Ju.A. : Object categories as the base for p.235-249, 47 refs. the s stem of ob ·ect structural and functional c te or1es. Orig. ru. In: Sovrem.nauka i nau .poznani e. Tomsk 1979. 6906 Houpt, M. : Classification systems before Dewey . Orig. p.108-116. 13 refs. nT . In: Open 1980 Vol 12, No 6, p.313-319 The structural (e.g. relations) and the functionJl,I (e.g.pro­ perties) laws and categories are called predicative as oppos­ 6907 Wel lisch. H.H. : How to make an index - 16th century style: Conrad Gessner on indexes and catalogs. Or 1g. en. ed to the object laws and categories. The discussion leads to 8, 1, the proposal to class basic concepts in various sciences on In: Int.ctasslf. 1981 Vol No p.IO-15, 38 refs. the basis of independent groups of object and predicative ca­ Conrad Gessner, best known to librarians by his great 8;b110- tegories. theca universal 1s 'included in the second part of this work (a classified subject index entitled Pandectae) detailed in­ ?898 8ruc:her, R.T. : Definition: the first step in the think- structions on the making of indexes and excerpts for scienti­ 1n9 writlng �rocess. On g. en. In: J.Tech.wnting Commu nic. fic work, includin9 their technical preparation. He also gave 1986 vol 10. 0 3. p.249-255, 7 refs. advice on the compilation of library catalogs, and listed many indexes to scholarly works .known in his time. This is 68�9 Dahlberg, I.: Conceptual definitions for Interconcept. probably the earl iest work discussing bibliographic techni­ Ong. en. In: Int.Classlf. 1981 Vol 8, No 1. p.16-22, 8 refs. ques. The article contains a complete translation of the La­ An attempt at formulating guidelines for the formation of ad­ tin text. and analyzes both the index to the Pandectae and equate definitions, he.re intended for a specific proj ect (In­ others compiled by Gessner himself to his later scientific terconcept), but also valid 1n any other field. The paper works. (Author)' sets forth: (1) the aims of Interconcept, (2) criteria for the 'selection of terms, (3) an identification of relevant de­ 6908 Totok. W.: The ordering of knowledge and the knowledge finitions (giving a definition of de"fi nitions and kinds of of ordering between Renaissance and Enlightenment. Orig. en. definitions and enlarging on the latter as well as an defini­ In: Int.Classlf. 1981 vol 8, No 1. p.2-9, 21"refs. tion intentions and definition rules). In the following it This paper relates the concept of knowledge and the knowledge shows how to draft relevant definitions, how to understand of order as derived from the Aristotelean-Thomistic tradition concepts and characteristics as well as concept relationshps, to the views on fonns of knowledge as adhered to by Hobbes. and finally how to construct definitions and definitional Locke and other authors of the beginning modern era, and, systems. In conclusion. rules and procedures for entering de­ using the classification attempts by Bacon, Descartes, Leib­ finitions into a format for lexicographical use and computer­ niz, Locke, and Hobbes as exampl es, it fUrthermore examines: ization of its elements are given. (Author) (1) to what �xtent the methodol ogical dual ism of empiricism and rationalism enters into the classification moments; (2) to what extent classification was furthennore influenced, at the same time, by factors related to the history and organi­ zation of science, the sociology of knowledge and the pol i-

11< Intern.Classificat. 8(1981}No.2 Classification Literature 0.; tics of society. and (3) what different approaches toward an 6922 LeathePdale, Galrao, M.J.: La construccion de ordering of knowledge were attempted in an era which deter­ vocabularios control ados. (The construction of control led mined the further development of science to no mean extent. vocabularies) Orig. es. I, (acc. Author) In: Rev.AIBOA 1980 Vol No 1, p.I-16, 12 refs.

6909 Hawker, P.: Electronic cryptographY : codes. ciphers. 6923 Henzler, "R.G.: Analytical or algorithmic text process- communications and computers. Url g. en. in in literature infonnatlOn stems. Orig. en. In: Wireless World 1980 Vol 86, No 1536, p. 44-49 , 6 refs. Barber, B. Ed. et al ; Medical Informatics Berl in 1979. HIstory of the development of cryptography, methods and ma­ Intern. Conf .on Medi cal Computi ng, Berl in 17-20 Sept.1979 chines for coding and decoding. Berl in:" springer 1979. p.797-811, 10 refs. Attempt to generate a thesaurus fully algorithmically based upon interconnections between texts and upon relations corre� 2 STRUCTURE ANO CONSTRUCTION OF ·CS ponding to the classification principles of the subject area.

21 GENERAL QUESTIONS OF STRUCTURE 6924 Mirl::ev, B.: One pro blem to 'be faced in automatic deve­ See also 6803, 6823 lopment of a document classificatlon. Orl g. ru. .• In: Nau�no-techn.inform Ser.2 1980, No 2, p.31-35, 31 refs. 6910 Kay ser, K. ; Ramisch, W. , Kenne, H. v. , Htipker. W.W. : Oiscussion of two algorithms for developing an automatic do­ Thesaurus and information. Orig. en. In: Med.Inform. 1980 cument classification, based on the computation of quality Vol 5. No 2, p.155-166, 13 refs. functional s, and the procedure of iterative optimisation of Discussion of the quantitive and semantic kind of information these functional s. (Author,abbr.) in a thesaurus, thesaurus structures and thesaurus use in me­ dicine. 6925 popowska. H. : Construction of thesauri by A.V.Sokolov 's II): method. Orig. pl . Aktual .Probl . lnforrn.Ook. 1979 Vol 24. � " . 6912 Rudnicki, P.: Infonnat10n-logical languages in scienti­ p.21-26. 15 refs:. fic information. Orig. pi. In: pr.iINTE 1980, No 29. p.1-39, 20 refs . 6926 Vasil 'eva, "E.A.: One stage in the devel opment of a specialised information retrieval thesaurus. Orig. ru. 6913 Ryl ova, T.N. : Generative grammar as infonnation lan­ 47, p.86-93, 12 refs. �. In: Ir.Lenlngr.InsLRu ltury 1979 , No p.-65":'M .Orig. ru. In: lechnol.programmuovanija. Rl ev 1980. Results of an analysis of the subject field 'Power Machine 11 refs. Building' as prel iminary step for thesaurus design. The state of the art in natural language semantic description analysis is presented from the aspect of its application in 24 RELATIONSHIPS IR systems. The author proposes to use for an infonnation See also 6835, 6915. 6917, 6945, 6963 language some generative semantic-type description which sum­ marizes a number of existing generative grammars and mean­ 6927 Dobronravov. I.S. et al: Syntax as a means of meaning ing representations employed in IR system�. (Author, abbr.) differentiation in documentary IRS wlth automatic indexing. " .• Or lY. ru. In: Nautno-techn.inform Ser.2 1981, No 3. p.17- 6914 Vu�ca. G. : Infonnation retrieval language for factogra­ 24. 7 refs. phi cal IRS of the object-attribute type . Orig. ru. In: Na utno-techn .lntorm.,Ser.2 1981, No 2, p.6-10 26 NOTATION Consideration of an IR language of. the object-attributive See also 6909 type al lowing to describe with sufficient accuracy input in­ formation and inquiries from users. (Orig.abstr. ,abbr.) 6929 Zupan, J.: The Wiswesser line-formula chemical nota­ 00- tion to connection tabl es conversion ro ram Orig.en In: 22 ELEMENTS ANO SPECIAL STRUCTURES OF cum.c em.yugos • 80 No.2, p.147-160, 7 refs. CS 1 Oiscussion of the advantages and imitations of the conver­ 6915 Banerjee. D.N.: Lattice s nt esis and lexicon-linka es sion program in PDPll FORTRAN. for keyword identificat on. r g. en. n: u 9 9 Vol 24, No 3. p.l01-"l05 6930 Tague, J.M.: User-responsive subject control in biblio­ graphic retrieval systems. Orig.en. In: Inform. Processing Ma­ 6916 Bl ois. M.S. ; Sherertz, D.O. , Tuttle, M.S. : Word and nagement 17(19Bl)No.3, p.149-159, 8 refs. object in disease descriptions. Orig. en. A study was carried out of (1) the relationship between the 18th Annual Meetlng Assoc.Comput.Linguistics. Conf.Proc. , vocabulary of documents relevant to the queries, and (2) the Philadelphia, Pa. 19-22 June 1980. p.149-152 value of adding to the document description record in a re­ trieval system keywords from previous queries for which the 6917 Cahn , D.F:: Compu ter-aided visualization of database document had proved' useful . Two test databases incorporating structural relationshlPs. ong. en. Benefel d, A.R. (Ed.) et user query keywords were implemented. Through a number of al; Communlcatlng lnformation. Proc.43rd ASIS Annual "Meeting, methods the effect of the added keywords was examined. Re­ Anaheim, CA, 510 Oct. 1980. White Plains, N. Y. : Knowledge sults showed the impracticality of the procedure in an opera­ Industry Publ. 1980. p.358-360, 4 refs. tional setting, but indicated the value of analyses with Examples of data structure representations are presented and sample data in the development and maintenance of keyword their general izable components are discussed. dictionaries and thesauri. (Author,abbr.)

28 COMPATIBILITY AND CONCORDANCES OF CS See also 6881

6931 Ni Battelle ,_"::.,,:,' OUS 23 CONSTRUCTION OF CS System which See also 6889, 6896, 6900, 7025 addresses of hetero�eneous data base vocabularies and indexes, and how these dlfferences can be neutralized to facilitate multi-base switching. It is an ex­ perimental on-lioe autOOIated switching system which produces semantic, syntactic, and generic relatives to search terms supplied by the user. It is based on existing thesauri or other control led vocabularies. Discussion of results of 29 experimental stacks.

6921 Devadason, F.J.; Balasubramanian, V. : Computer genera­ 6932 Delgado, R.R. : La inte racion de los len ua "es documen­ Orig. tion of thesaurus from structured 1MSUbj ect-prop17,OSitions. tarios. fin de Babel. The integration of documentation en. In: Infonn.process .Management vol No I, p.l-11 languages: the end of Babel) Orig. es. Subject headings are structured according to the postulates In: Rev.Esp.Docum."Cient. 1980 Vol 3, No 4. p.333-340 and principles for facet analysis as input for thesaurus ge­ neration. they are then augmented, coded and input for compu­ 29 EVALUATION OF CS ter manipulation. Brief description of the system with fl ow­ chart, inputs and outputs of the d1fferent phase"s and a 6933 Kronz, H. ; Grevink, H.:" IPC and NACE classification of sample printout of a model thesaurus generated using test da­ pa tents : a U.K.comparison between data on U.S. and on French. ta of about 1500 subject-propositions from Leather Technolo­ German and patents. an g. en. . gy.� (Authors,abhr.) In: World Patent Inform. 1980 Vol 2. No 3. p.l03-115

Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 115 6934 Raitt. D. I.: Recal l and prec ision devices in interac­ 33 CLASSING AND INDEXING TECHNIQUES tive bibliograph ic search and retrleval systems. urlg. en. In: As llb Proc. 1980 Vol 32. No 7/8 . p.281-301 6945 Farradane, J.: Relational indexing, Pt.l and 2. I Investigation into the extent to and way in which the recal l Orig. en. In: J; Infonn.Sci. 1980 Vo 1, No 5, p.267-276 and and precision devices are used in the ESAIRS online system in No. 6, p.313-324 for controlled and uncontrolled subject term searchin9. Description of the author 's 'relational indexing ' method. A severe criticism of the viability of the procedures for a 6935 consistent and automatic derivation of the indexing products has been made by G.Salton in Comp .Rev. 22(198l)No.l. p.22-23.

6946 Hattery, M.: SPINDEX. Orig. en. In: Infonn.Retrieval Libr.Autom. 1980 Vol ""15,""N0 9, p.I-3 6936 Williamson, N.J.: An experiment in classification: Treats Selective Pel1llutation INDEXing, which was developed based on Wi lliam Goffman's 'indirect method ' of information for archive materials at the National Archives and Records retrleval. Orlg . .en. In: cat .Class1t.Quarterly 1980 Vol 1, Service. No 1. p.3-21. 31 refs. W.Goffman 's 'indirect method' is concerned with an associa­ 34 AUTOMATIC INDEXING tion 'of documents as opposed to an association of terms. See also 6927 Given a query and a set of documents relevant to the query. then a relationship among the documents exists such that by 6947 Buchaleva, LI.; Zajdenman, LJa., Stroganova" I.Ja. : retrieving one of the documents from the se_t, it would be Lexico-semantic analysis of the theme using formal rules. possible to retrieve all other documents belonging to that Orig. ru. In: Nauf:no-techn .infonn. ,Ser.2 1980, No 6, p.20-23, set. The investigation searched for the answer to the follow­ 9 refs . ing three questions: What are the subject characteristics of Description of the methods of fonnal choice of the name of a the document classes retrieved through Goffman 's method? How taxon and its attl"iputive descripti on. . (Ori g.abstr.abbr. ) are these document classes similar to or di fferent from the ones obtained when a faceted classification system is used? 6948 Dabrowski , M. et al : A system for processing text - of1980. What are -the characteristics of the clusters of terms which compl ex terms. Orig. ru. In: NauCno-techn .lntorm. ,Ser.2 interrelate a definable class of documents? The methodol ogy No 12, p.21-24 - of the investigation is described and the results are ana­ Description of an automatic excerption system of complex lysed. terms from texts on mathematical logic, especially the stages of morphological and vocabulary analysis, expression genera­ tion, syntactical" synthesis and morphological synthesis. 3 CLASSING AND INDEXING (METHODOLOGY) 6949 Dietze, J.: Probleme der rechner estUtzten Klassifizie­ 31 THEORY OF CLASSING AND INDEXING run Clusteranal se . Pro lems of automatic classification cluster analysls Orig. de. In: Dokum./lnform.INER. Ilmenau, 6937 Janke, R.V. : Time for an alternative (for subject DDR 1979, No 45. p.146-151, 4 refs. headings)? Orig. en. In: Ontario Libr.Rev. 1979, No 63. p.200-205 6950 Leclercq, H. : Transcription. transl itteration et inde­ xation-machine. (Transcription, transl iteration and itutomatlC 6938 Wel lisch. H.H. : Book review of Knight,N.G. : Indexing, indexing) Drlg. fro In: Int.Classif. 1981 Vol 8, No 1, p.29- the art of: A guide to the indexing of bookS and periodicals. 31, 2 refs. - & london: AlTen Unwin 1979. Orlg. en. Points to the necessity of proper machine-transcription in au­ In: Libr.Quarterly 1981 Vol 51, No 2, p.ll0-112 tomatic indexing.

6939 Wheatley, A. : Future developments in indexing and in­ 6951 Rybakov, F.I. ; Rudnev, LA. , Petuchov, V.A.: Automatic dexes. Orig. en. In: Aslib/IIS/LA Joint Conf. The Nation­ natural language indexing. Orig. ru. Moskva: Energija 1980. �Provision and Use of Information. London: Library Assoc. 160 p. 1981.. p.307-316 6952 Salton, G. ; Wu, H. , Yu. C.l. : The measurement of tenn 32 SUBJECT ANALYSIS imyortance32, 3,in automatic indexinIS g. Orig. en. In: J.ASIS 1981 See also 6825-6835 vo No p.175-18b, rets . Recently automatic indexing theories have been devised that 6940 Blanuca V.I.: Identification of the most infonnative use not only the tenn frequency characteristics but also the relevance properties -of the terms. Method� are suggested for estimating the rl'llevance properties of the tenns based on their overall occurrence characteristics in the col lection. of selection of characteristics- is an�lysed with (Authors, abbr.) of mathematical methods. 6953 Willett, P.: A fast procedure for the calculation of 6941 Harris, J.l.M. ; Clack, D.H. : Treatment of people and similarity coefficients 1n automatlc classlflcatlon. Orlg. ¥eohles in subject analysis. Drig. en. In: Libr.Resources en. In: Inform.Process.Management 1981 Vol 17, No 2, p.53-60, ec n.Serv. 1979 Vol 23, p.374-390 8 refs. There is a comment (letter) on this subject by M.K.Pietris Description of a fast algorithm for comparing the lists of in Libr.Resources Techn.Serv.24(1980)No.3, p.294-5 terms representing documents in automatic classification ex­ periments. The speed of the procedure ari ses from the fact The abstracts of journal articles - a that all of the non-zero-valued coefficients for a given do­ Orig. sv. In: Nord.Tidskr.Bok.Bib-. cument are identified together. using an inverted file to the No 3, p.65-70, 13 refs. terms in the document collection. (Author,abbr.)

6943 Moel ler, B.A.: Subject analY.sis in the library . A 35 MANUAL AND AUTOHATIC ORDERING comparative study. , Orig. en. In: Int.Classif. 1981 Vol 8, No 1. p.23-27. 7 refs. 6954 Kulebjakin, A.Z. ; Kiulo, E.V. : Organization of the A comparison of 180 monographs classified in the State Libra­ distributed data base of an infonnation network. Orig. ru. ry of Aarhus and by the BNS was made. The total structure of In: Nautno-techn. inform. ,Ser.2 1980, No 12. p.1l-l3, 4 refs. the two codes caused different interpretations of the topic . of a book. The predominance of individuality, matter and pro­ 695� Willett. P. : Document clustering using an inverted file cess ·before discipline in the State Library is shown to de­ approach. Orig.en. J.Inform.Sci. 1980 Vol 2, No 5, p.223-232 rive ultimately from Wilhelm Wundt, whose views of the clas­ Presentation of an approach to the construction of a one-le­ sification of the sciences liberate practical activities vel classification by a real location strategy aimed at over­ and the needs of practical ltbrarianshlp from academic dis­ coming some of the defects of earl ier experiments. ciplines. (Author) 6956 Richter, G. : Utilization of data access and manipula- . 6944 WeidemUller, H.U.: Bibliodata in der Sacherschliessung tion in conceptual schema definitions.1981 Orig. en. (Bibliodata in subject-catarogulng) Orlg. de. In: Z.Blbl .wes. In: Intorm.Process.Mana-gement Vol 6, No 1, p.53-71 B1bliogr. 1980 Vol 27, No 2, p.117-124. 10 refs. Description of the online retrieval system (Bibliodata) of 36 COOING the Deutsche Bibliothek (German Library), Frankfurt with access to the entries into the Deutsche Bibliographie, Se­ ries A and B since 1966. Bibl iodata is also used in the cur­ rent subject cataloguing process. No 25. 65 p. lI6 Intern .Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 6958 Haag, R. et a1 ; Intern.Dokumentationsges.Chemie (IDC): 6967 Eresund, B.: Reduced UDC for the coordinate classing of bulldinq literature. On g. sv. In: Tidskr.Dok. 1979 Vol 35. Nutzun von Oaten des Chemical Abstracts Service CAS - 6, Maschine e Codierung von Sachverhal ten. Ut lzatlon of data No p.127-130 of the Chemical Abstracts Service -the machine coding of A balanced selection of only 250 main numbers was found work­ subjects} Orig. de. Frankfurt {Main} 1980. 164 p •• 18 refs .• able at the levef of extracting about 10 references out of BMFT-FB-ID 80-016 every 10 000 provided that coordinate search formulas are The methodology utilizes a relatively simple process of text­ used. (Author,abbr. ) analysis the results of which are kept in a kind of standar­ dized way . On this basis the GREMAS tems are generated with 6968 Hindson, R. : Universal decimal s. Orig. en. In: Ubr. the help of a bilingual coding dictionary and a collection of Assoc. Record 1980 Vol 82, No 7. p.324 syntactic-semantic rules (GREMAS-Grammar). (Author, abbr.) 6969 Hindson. R.: UDC in the UK: a report on the 1979/1980 37 RECLASSIFICATION survey. Orig. en. In: Asl ib Proc. 1981 Vol 33. No 3, p.93-101 Reports on the why and how of the survey and on _the results 6959 Muhl . E.; Jarosch. D.: lknarbeltun auf KAB K. (Conver­ and conclusions. There are 640 declared users of the UOC out sion to the classification system KAB/K Orig. de. of a total of 2895 libraries and infonnation services in the In: Bibliothekar 1980. No 9. p.418-419 U.K. Descri p_tion of the work-flow of this reclassification proce­ dure. 6970 ludvik, S. : A new edition of the Slovenian translation of the UDC. Orig. sn. In: Nova proizv. 1979. No 30, p.167-168 38 INDEX GENERATION PROGRAMMING 6971 6960 Inbal. M.: A sim le algorithm for a com�uterized c CliC �. BU � 1980, �0 Orig.he. In: I.Israel Soc.of Spec.llbr. 1. TenTI p.9-14 . Vol 25. No 2. p.5-8 Oescription of the computerized cyclic index as used at the of subject�oriented act'lons in the fonn of a information center of the Mabat-Israel Aircraft Industries table with indications of year of project. funds, results and and the algorithm of its production. methods of work.

39 EVALUATION OF INDEXING 6972 Tager. M. ; Pardo, H. :- Who is afraid of changes in the UOC ? Orig. he. In: Bull.Israel Soc.of Spec .libr. 1980, I, . 6961 No p.5-8 Description of the_ reclassification of parts of a library according to- revised schedules of the UDC. l.: 6962 Rolling, Indexing consistency. qu ality and effi­ 6973 Terzic, D. : Perspectives of the Universal Decimal Clas­ 17. ciency. Orig. en. In: Inform.Process.Management 1981 Vol sification. Ori g.sh. In: Nau�.-techn.pregl .VTI 1980 Vol 30, No 2. p.69-76, 2 refs. , No 1, p.5Z-56, 19 refs. Indexing quality detennines whether the infonnation content Summarization of current state and recent trends in UDC im­ of an indexed document is accurately represented. Indexing provement, especially with regard to a UDC thesaurus. effectiveness measures whether an indexed document is cor­ rectly retrieved every time it is relevan-t to a query. Mea­ 43 ON THE DOC surement of these criteria is cumbersome and costly; data See also 6993 base producers therefore prefer inter-indexer consistency as a _ m�asure of indexing qual ity or effectiveness. The present 6974 Bennan, S. : ODC 19: an indictment. Orig. en. artlcle assesses the validity of this substitution in various In: Ubr.J. 1980 Vol 105. No 5. p.585-589 envi ronments. (Author) 6975 Bertrand, l.; Klatt. J.: Mutant Me1 vil ameliorates 6963 Farradane._ J. ; Thompson. D. : The testing of relational media skills. 'Orig. en. In: Wisconsin Ubr.Bull. 1979, No 75, indexing procedures by diagnostic computer programs. -on g.en p.71-73 In: J.Inform.Scl. 1980 Vol 2. No 6. p.285-297. 3 refs. 6976 Bica1ho, M.D. : Plant diseases and pests in the Dewey Description of the details of the programming and discussion � of some initial results with respect to strenths and possible classification1980 anal 01sis I. and expa1. nsion. Orig. pt. weaknesses of the system. (Authors. abbr.) In: Re v.AlBDA No p.33-52. 53 refs. Criticism on the state of development of agriculture in the 4 ON UNIVERSAL SYSTEMS �OC. Defects under 632 in the 16th-18th editions are used as examples to i1lustr�:e this state. An expansion 1s proposed. 42 ON THE UDC See also 6902 6977 Cockshutt. M.E. : Annual report of the Decimal Classi- fication Editorial Policy Committee. July 1.1979-June 30, 6964 Federation Internationale de Documentation (FlO): Prin­ 1980. Orig. en. In : Ubr.Resources Techn.Serv. 1981 Vol 25. -­ I, ci les of the Universal Decimal Classification UOC and No p.123-124 ru es or lts reV1Slon an publ icatlon. lt e a so 1n rench and German}. Ong. en; fr; de. 5th ed. s 'Gravenhage 1981. 6978 Duckett. R. J.: Philosophy and religion in Dewey 19. 35 p. , 25 hfl , ISBN 92-66-00598-3. FID-Publ .598 Orig. en. In: Bu1 1.Assoc.Brit.Theolog.Philosoph.Ubr. 1980, This threelingual publ ication supersedes FlO 429 of 1968 and No 18. p.-12-16 its predecessors. The 10 chapters cover: 1. General descrip­ Points out that the schedule for philosophy in DOC 19 is tion, 2. Structure and notation. 3. Central management of the still inadequate. Mod ifications in ReT iglon are smal l. UDC. 4. General principles for UDC revi sion and development, 5. Procedure for preparation and submission of revision pro­ pos�ls, 6. Treatm�nt _of UDC revision proposals before publ i­ catlOn, 7. PubllcatlOn of proposals and editorial cor­ rections. 8. Primary authority for the -UDC, 9. Authorized UDC ed!tions and other UDC publications, 10. Copyright and roya ltl es. 6980 Gamaluddin, A.F.: Dewey Decimal Classification: a gua�mire.-36 Orig. en. In: School Ubr.J. 1980 Vol 26. No 8. 6965 Rigby, M.; Federation Internationale de Documentation p.3 (FlO): Automation and the UDC. 1948-1980. 2nd ed. Orig. en. Investigation about the use of DOC and lCC in 1000 school li­ s'Gravenhage 1981. 160 p. braries in Pennsyl vania. DOC seemed to be firmly entrenched. Attempt -to update the 1974 report "Computers and the UDC" un­ Its usefulness is questioned though and the use and teaching der a new titl e. It contains nearly double the number of 1 i­ of lCC is advocated. terature references and several indexes which give references to bibl iographic entries and page numbers in the text as wel l 6982 New. G.: Dewey Decimal CTasslfication. editlon 19. as in the bibliography. The material is from over 30 coun­ (Conference New York, 1980). Orig. en. In: libr.Congr. Inform. tries and involves 20 new systems or developments since 1974. Bull. 1980, No 39, p.319-320

6966 Edwards. P.L: The UDC and a botanical collection with 6983 Satyanarayana, N.R. ; Chandel, A.S. : 19th edition of s ecial reference to the Botanical librar , British Museum Dewe� Decimal Classification. Some observations. Orig. en. Natural Histor . Orig. en. In: Asl ib Proc. 1981 Vol 33, In: erald llbr.Scl. 1980 Vol 19, No 3. p.208-l11 o ,p. -176, 10 refs. This review article treats, among others, the significant Short survey on the treatment of botany in the leC and DOC changes. valuable features, relocations , Phoenix schedules and reasons for using the UDC for the collection mentioned. and tables, international utility and the future of the DOC.

Intern .Classificat. 8( 1981)No.2 Classification literature 117 6984 Sweeney , R. : Book review of Decimal Classifica­ Taube, U.F.: Die Internationale Patentklassifikation Dewey N.Y. : tion 19th ed. B.Custer (Ed .), Albany, Forest Press und ihre Anwendun in der Bibliothek des Deutschen 1979 . Vols. 1-3. Orig. en. In: Cat. Classif.Quarterly 1980 Patentamtes. he International Patent Classification and its Val l. No 1. p.91-96 use in the German Patent Office library) Orig. de. In: Bib­ liotheksforum Bayern 1979 Vol 7. No 3. p.179-206, 25 refs. 6985 U.K. libraries ge t aid in AACR2 and DC 19. Orig. en. Survey on the history and the features of the IPC. In: Libr.J. 1980 Vol 105. S 1. p.1697 7003 El lmann, D.: Der Rubrikator des Internationalen S stems 44 ON THE LCC AND LC SUBJECT HEADINGS fUr Wissenschaftliche un Technische Information. The classi­ flcatlon system of the International System for Scientific I, 6986 Lang, J.P.: Your Search Key to Library of Congress and Technical Information) -Orig. de. In: Informatik 28 Vol Classification. Vol . 1 and 2. Ong. en. Bronx. N.Y. : Fordham p.1B-22, 14 refs. Pub1. 1979. library Instruction Program 4. At the occasion of the appearance of a Geman translation of this ISWTI-Rubricator or classification system the following 6987 Wade.H.H. ; Hya tt,D. : Considerations -for the social sc1-­ topics are treated: Development. princ1ples of construction, ences librarian usin Librar of Con ress Class K Law sche- contents and presentation, position and function within the u es. ng.en. n: e avo oc. C1. 1 r. 0 a complex of retrieval languages. principles of application and �5 1. 4 refs. guidance and fu rther development of this system.

6988 Conklin. C.E. ; Brigham Young University, Law Library : 7004 Scibor, E. : Pol ish Thematical Classification - an in­ Library of Congress subject headings - KF cross reference. dexing language for SINTO. Orlg. pl . In: Aktual .Probl . Inform . ar ig.en. Provo. Utah 1979. 215 p. BYU Legal Res.Ser.No.5 Dok. 19BO Vol 25. No 2. p.5-10, 13 refs. Description of a Polish Thematical Classification as an um­ 6989 Gorman. M.: How the mach ine mayyet save the LCSH. brel la indexing language for SINTO. Orig. en. In : Amer .Libr. 1980 Vol 11, No 9. p. 557-558 '5 ON SPECIAL OBJECTS CS 6991 McKinlay, J.: list of Australian sublect headings. 13. Orig. en. In: Incite 1980 Val l. No p.2 51 NU�'ERICAl TAXONOMY Contains comments on LASH. See also 6688. 6689. 6836-6�79, 6895, 6949. 6953

6992 O'Neill, E.T.; Aluri, R. : Library of Congress Subject 7005 Raghavan, V.V. ; Birchard, K.: A clustering strategy Heading pa tterns in OClC monogral!hic records. arig.en. In: based on a formalism of the reproductive rocess in natural 1. � 14. libr.Resourc.Techn.Serv. 1981 Vol 25. No p.63-80. 27 refs. iystems. Orl g.en. In:. SIGIR Forum 1979 vo No 2. p.l0-22. This investigation examined the characteristics of subject 2 refs. headings found in OCLC cataloguing records. The study ana­ lyzed a sample of 33 455 monographic records taken from the 7006 Bock, H.H. : Book review of FonnanntA.K.. Mazanel . J.A.. OClC data base. The sample contained a total of 50 213 sub­ Nu merl sche RlassHikatlOns robleme 1n ' Oberhauser, O.C.: 0 ro­ ject headings. (Authors. abbr.) en atensatzen er emos lSC en r tforsc un ro ems of numerlcal classification in large data sets for demoscopic 6993 library marks 50 years of LC/Dewey cooperation. Orig. marketing studies), (de) Wien 1979. O)-ig. en. In: Int.Classif. en. In: Libr.Congr. Inform.Bul l. July 11, p.243 1981 Vol 8, No 1, p.41-42

45 ON THE BLISS CLASSIFICATION

6994 Campbel l, D.J. : A sumrnar� of. and�ublished comments on. the 2nd ed of the Bibliographlc classlflcation. arlg. en. In: BllSS Classif.Bull. 1980 Vol 6, No 1, p.18-30 7008 Moss, W.W. ; Hansel l, R. I.C.: Subjective classification: the effects of character weightin1 on -decls1on space. or lg. .• 4, 6995 Weintraub. O.K. : Book review_ of Maltby. A Gill, l. : en. In: classlf.Soc.Bull. 1980 Vo No 4. p.2-6, 7 refs. The Case for Bliss. london-New York-MUnchen: K.G.Saur 1979. The process of intuitive classification is compared with com­ 142 p. Orlg.en. llbr.Quarterly 1981 Vol 51, No 2. p.133-134 puter based methods which give equal weight to taxonomic cha­ racters. When compared with numerical procedures, classical 47 ON THE LIBRARY-BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CLASSIFICATION (LBC) intuitive methods make similar objects yet more similar and See also 7137 distant objects more dissimilar. Individual difference scal ­ ing showed that intuitive classifications were based on a sub­ 6996 Froschner. G.: Problems in introducin the Librar -Bib­ jective weighting of characters. This weighting, a component lio ra hical Classification ru . Moskva: Gos .bibli oteka SSSR of classical intuitive- taxonomy, may induce a warping of the 1m..• enlna 0".5 8 p., 01 .6(1977)77 p. Orig. de. taxonomic decision .. space in such a way that the sorting of In: Zbl.Bibl .wes. 1980 Vol 94, No 10. p.481-483 objects to clusters is facilitated. (Author)

6997 Goltvinskaja. T. ; Danilova. 0. : General methodology of 7009 Murty, N.M.; Krishna. classification- the LBC. Orig. ru. In: technique for data-clustering. 2, by Bibliotekar' 1980, No p. 58-59 1980 Vo l 12. No 3. p.153-158 The technique is based on multilevel theory. The data set 6998 Nikitina. S.E. , Jaku�ina, L.S.: A note on the optimisa­ is divided randomly into a number of partitions. The sampl es tion of lBC Sh 11 "Appl ied Linguistics". Orig. ru. of each . such partition are clustered separately using hier­ In: Pr061 .vnedrenlSa BBK. Moskva 1979. p.63-63, 3 refs. archical agglomerative clustering algorithm to form sub-clu­ Uiscuss;on of the problems involved in classifying lingui­ sters. These are merged at higher level s to get the final stics and presentation of the text of the extensions and classification. The advantages of this algoritt¥n are short corrections to this class. run time and smal l storage requirements. (Author,abbr.)

6999 Perevo�cikova, l.M.: Compiling extensions and correct­ 7010 Payne, R.W.: Alternative characters4, 4. in identification ions to the LBC V3 "Physics" schedules at the P.N.lebedev r:ys. In: Classif.Soc.Bull.19BO Vol No p.16-2I, 9 refs . P sical Institute USSR Acade of Sciences. Orig. ru. thods of key construction that encourage the use of charac­ n: .nau .tr.IBl iote 1 S SR i AN sojuzn.resp. 1979. ters with alternatives earl ier in the key are described, also criteria for deciding which alternatives to include in a key No 2, p.65-88, 17 refs. many The library holds some 400 000 volumes to which 12 000 titles if are available. (Author, abbr.) are added annually. The lBC schedules used for the classed catalog had to be extended in 9 physics areas by 400 new sub­ ject headings.

7000 Zur�alina N.P. ; cs

7012 Schader. M. : Book review of Illi A.: Konkurrenzanal se mit Hi lfe multivariater aSS1 atlOn ' Dmpe l or-ana YS1S 4B ON OTHER UNIVEHSAL CS wlth the ala of multivanate classification} (de). Frankfurt See also 6933, 6935, 7139 1980. Orig. de. In: Intern.Classif. 1981 Vol 8, No 1. p.43-44

7001 Birjukoz, V.I.: Experience in the use of the Interna­ 7013 Sneath. P.H.A.: The probability that distinct clusters : tional Patent Classification. Dng. ru. In: NauCno-techn.ln­ Idll be unrecognized in lOW almensional ordlnaflons. Dn g. torm .•Ser.1 1980, No 10, p.16-l8 en. In: Classif.Soc.Bul l. 1981 Vol 4, No 4, p.22-43, 14 refs. liB Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 7014 Strahler. A.H. : The use of prior probabi lities in maxi­ are grouped under eighty-four al phabetical ly arranged section mum likelihood classiflcation of remotely sensed data. Orig. headings. Each issue includes five computer-generated indexes en. In : Remote Sens.Environ. 1980 Vol 10, No 2, p.135-163 one of which is. a biosystematic one, listing items under broad taxonomic categories. Another is a "generic" one, giv­ 0.: 7015 Wickmann. An automatic analysis of semantic rela­ ing genus-species names. In addition to this the database tionship between words 10 texts: factor or cluster analysis - comprises also the entries from Biol .Abstr./RR�1 (Reports, what fits best? Driy. en. In: ALlC Bu ll. 1980 Vol 8, No 2. Reviews, and Meetings) with al together 130 000 items. Through p,152-164 the Generic Index of 1974-1980 a grand total of 1 337 759 ta­ Comparison of two di fferent means of analyzing semantic rela­ xonomix entries were listed. tionships of words in texts, A factor analysis is shown to provide a better classification than a hierarchical cluster 6 ON SPECIAL SUBJECT CS analysis. 61 ON CS FOR MATHEMATICS AND AREA 1 FIELDS 53 ON TAXONOMIES FOR AREA 3 7024 Rudnicki. P. : Die Anwendung der Sprache MIZAR fUr die wissenschaftl iche Information. (Use of the MIZAR language in scientific information work) Orig. de. In: Dok./Inform.(INER) Ilmenau/DDR 1979, No 45. p.154-171, 6 refs. MIZAR is a logical information lanuguage designed for a des­ cription of mathe,ma tical texts. Report on curr�nt work.

7025 Dextre, S.G. ; Clarke, T.M.: A system for machine-aided 1981 54 ON TAXONOMIES FOR AREA 4 thesaurus construction. Orig. en. In: As ilb Proc. Vol 33, No 3, p.102-112, 7 refs. Description of the : socal led ROOT Thesaurus of the British 7017 Fidler, S.J.: Classification of viruses for information4, retrieval. Orig. en. In: Ash6 Proc. 1981 Vol 33. No Standards Institut;ion (BS!) which has been devel oped as a p.141- 142. 6 refs. . comprehensive indexing and searching tool for technological A computer flle. which may be consulted and updated online, applications and as a labour-saving device in the construc­ has been compiled of all plant and animal viruses at present tion of further thesauri . The ROOT database is held in the recognized. The data is arranged according to type of nucleic same order as the subject display, as a series of numered re­ acid present and method of replication (Baltimore classifica­ cords each c.ontaining any number of lines. tion). An al phabetic list gives family, subgroup. etc. to­ gether with synonyms. A coded subset of viruses of veterinary 62 ON CS FOR PHYSICS ANO CHEMISTRY (INCL.ELECTR.) importance is being devised for use in diagnostic surveys. The file is being incorporated with an tin-house' current 7026 Schulz, K.-P. : Syn tax und Semantik der phys ikal ischen Formels rache - Streiflichter aus der Normun sarbelt des AEF. awareness system thesaurus. YS1CS Syntax an semantics of fonnu a anguage 1n p - some 7018 Heywood, V.H. : The plant kinqdom. Orig. en. In: Asl ib information on the standardization work of the Commi tteeon 4. 25 Proc. 1981 Vol 33, No p.121-128. refs. . Units and Formulas) Odg. de. In: DIN-Mitt. 1981 Vol 60, Survey on the history of scientific taxonomy and nomencla­ No 7, p.395-400 ture of plants. the components of taxonomies (taxonomic data). compilations of data of systematic botany and the pos­ sibilities of using EDP in this field. A general standardized taxonomic IS&R system for plants does not as yet exist, how­ in- ever, recently the European Science Foundation included a project for the establ i shment of a European Taxonomic Flori­ stic and Biosystematic Documentation System in its "Additio­ 7028 Rowel l U.H. : nal Activity for Taxonomy". on 7019 Hi ll, L.R. : Bacteria. Orig. en. In: Aslib Proc. 1981 Information Society Meeting No.14. 1979 Vol 33. No 4. p.137-14D, 11 refs. San ence Inform.Soc. 1980. p.95-106, 16 refs. Pinpoints the constraints of bacteriological taxonomy and 7029 Singh, S.V. : The problems of classification in meteoro­ nomenclature and describes in short its history up to the ih present time, when in 1980 it has made a new start with the loVY4, and climatolo4, ' Orig. en. In: Classif.Soc. Bul l. 1980 publication of the "Approved list of Bacterial Names" pub­ vo No p.lO- ,15 refs. lished by the International Committee for Systematic Bacteri­ Brief description of the purpose of classification of the ology (ICSS). main areas of meteorology and climatology and enumeration and evaluation of techniques employed as wel l as consideration of 7020 Meikle. R.D. : Cultivated plants. Orig. en. In: Aslib future prospects. Proc. 1981 Vol 33, No 4. p.129-132 Survey on and description of dictionaries and nomenclatures 64 ON CS IN THE BIO-AREA of cultivated plants. See also 6687. 6774-6780

7021 Nye", I.W.B.: zoolo ical nomenclature and taxonomy. 7030 Dron, E.M.: Taxonomy and the Science Reference l1brary y 4, AS lib Or1g. en. Aslib Proc. 1981 vo 33, No p.133-136. 8 refs. Classif'ication. Orig. en. In: Proc. 1981 Vol 33, No 4. Zoological nomenclature has to cope with some 800 000 known p. 182-188, 11 refs. species of insects, 8000 species of birds, 4000 species of Description of the classification system used for shelving in mammals, etc. The structure and underlying principles of the the library mentioned. The scheme was developed during the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature admi nistered middle of the 1960s. Its four aims are listed. by the International Commi ssion on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) are explained. 7031 FitzGerald. S.M.D. : Names of liv1ng organisms in a thesaurus on animal health and hygi ene. Orig. en. In: Aslib 7022 Parker, A.H. : Problems of standardization in the CAB Proc. 1981 Vol 33, No 4, p.160-164 database: biological nomenclature with special reference to For reasons of greater flexibility and accessibility the the­ entomology. Orig. en. In: Asl lb Proc. 1981 Vol 33, No 4, saurus of the library of the Ministry of Agriculture, Fi­ p.149-152 sheries and Food at Tolworth, England uses - for their servi­ The Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux (CAB) is an organiza­ ces to other institutions - a combination of Latin with com­ tion comprising 14 Institutes and Bureaux, all but one are mon names wherever possible. based in the UK. It includes the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology (CIE). of which the insect identification and ta­ xonomic services are based in the British Museum (Natural History). Problems of standardization of entomological names and of other entries in CIE are treated as well as standardi­ zation throughout CAB and as a guide to users.

7023 Zipf. E.M. : Impa ct _of changes in biological classifica­ tion on Biological Abstracts. Orig. en. In: Asl ib Proc. 1981 5- Vol 33, No 4. p.143-I48, refs. Report on the fact that and the w� how changes in biological taxonomy are taken care of by the Biosciences Information AIBDA 0 I Service (BIOSIS) existing since 1926. Its Biological Ab­ In: Re v. 19 Vo 1, No 1. p.17-32, 21 refs. stracts, containing 1981 some 170 000 informa tive abstracts Translation of a paper published in Int.Classif.5(1978)No.1

Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 119 ,,5 ON CS IN THE HUMAN AREA (5) 68 ON CS IN THE SCIENCE ANO INFORMATION AREA (8) See also 6828, 6832, 6911. 6916, 6918, 7138

•• 7048 Yoverene. O.J.: Classification of research work. Orig. 7034 Sabova, A. ; Papava, N Petkov. P.: Linguistic problems ru. Nautno-te.,;chn.in fonn. ,Ser.1 1980. No 10, p. lB-20. 7 refs. in tne development of a thesaurus in Social Hygiene and lO 69 , "'1 c Discussion of a number of classification schemes in use for Health Service Organisat n. Orlg. In: Nau .konf.po � ; •. on-going research work. probl .na nau .med. nform Sofija 19791. p.119-123 pp 7049 Hornung, B.: Das Deutsche Bucharchiv und sein Facetten­ 7035 Norris, C. : MeSH - the subject heading a roach. Orig. klassifikatiossys tem. {The German Book Arc hives and lts l0 en. In: Aslib Proc. 1981 Vol 33, No 4, p.153-159, 5 refs. faceted classlflcat n} Orig. de. In: DK-....Mitt. 1981 Vol _ 25. Provides a survey on the features of MeSH (Medical Subject No 1, p.1-4, 10 refs. Headings) used by Index Medicus and MEDLARS and shows in par­ Description of the history and some of the facets used in the ticular how the problems of taxonomy of bacteria. viruses. subject analysis of this center which is concerned with in­ animals and plant� ;s handled in MEDlARS and -for MEDLINE. formation on al l aspects of book and journal production.

7036 Glanville, W,J.: A classification for medical and 69 ON CS IN THE CUlTURA AREA (9) veterinary libraries by C.C.Barnard. Ong. en. In: Asl1b Proc. 1981- Vol 33. No 4. p.177-181 7050 Pejtersen. A.M. : Design of a classification scheme for The J'rimary arrangement of this classification. which was fiction based on an analysis of actual user-librarian search base on the library holdings of the London School of Hyg iene strategi es. Orlg. en. In: Harbo,O. , Kajberg,l.(Eds .}: Theory and Tropical, Medicine (1st ed 1936) is aetiological. ItlS hi­ and application of information research. London: Mansell story and present improvements for a third edition are out­ 1980. p.146-159 lined in short. t ? 7052 Wood, K. : Is classification neu ral A reply to Trevor h J 4. 4, Fawcett. Orig.en. In: Art Li r. . 1979 vol No p.32-33 The artlcle repl ied on wits ]'The problem of the artefact: sub­ ject limits of the art library. (Art Libr.J. 4(1979}No.4. p. comprises some 7000 de:c � � and is based 11-22). In Art Libr.J. 5(1980}No.2. p.34-35 Trevor Fawcett �:!�. ��: on the 1977 Medical Subject Headings of cOITUllented on the article by Kath Wood on the classification in art. 7038 Solov'eva. A.A. ; Suvalova, I.E. , Dubyn ina. E.I.: The MEDINFORM subject authority and its improvement. Orig. ru. 7054 Revel -Macdonal d, N. uE fi t •• 5, m t ,'"U. �!<�Ej�� In: Na no-tec n.ln orm ser.l 1980. No p.25 Etude de la no encla ure. e a MEDINFORM's main classificaJory language is an IR subject tiques: la recherche d'un headings list for medicine and health care. The list is be­ wan diseases. Study of representations ing constantly improved from comments and proposal s coming practices. Toward research for a classification principle} from medico-scientific information centres in the socialist Orig. fro In: Inform.Sci.Soc. 1980 Yol 19, No 6. p.971-1027 countries and research institutes in the USSR. This promotes the system's improved efficiency. (Authors) 7055 Anderson. M. : Book review of Sardar� Z.: Islam: Outline of a classification scheme. London: · C.Bingley; MUnchen : K.G.Saur 1979. Ong.en. In: Cat.Classif.Quarterly 19BO Vol 1. No 1, p.97-100

7 CLASSIFICATION AND lANGUAGE of the pedagogical dictionary 71 GENERAL PROBLEMS OF NATURAL lANGUAGES, METAlANGUAGES, SEMIOTICS 7040 Skol 'nik. L.S.; Sorok1n, Ju.A. , Tarasov. B.F.: Towards 1 lan9ua e See a so 6882-3 the problem of- semantic definiteness of an indexing a in �edagogl cs. Orlg. ru. In: Infonn.poisk.Slstemy v pe .. 7056 Krejdlin. G.E. : Lo ical anal sis of natural lan ua e at 10 • Mas va 1978. p.62-72 the 2nd Soviet-Finnish Colla on ics a surve Orig. ru. In: Nau no-techno infonn. ,Ser.2 19B1. No 3. p.25-31 7041 Chien-Chang, L.: Critical study of the principal classi­ fication systems existing in education. Orlg. ch. I, 72 Semantics In: J.Libr.Infonn.Sc;'USAjTa iwan 1980 Yol 6. No p.90-106 The DOC. UDC and LCC are examined for their characteristics, 7057 Aprecjan, Ju.D,. : Semantic description principles for advantages and inconveniences in each case. The classifica­ language units. Orig. ru. In: Tartu 01 ikoo1i toimetised 1980. tion of Liu is presented for Chinese works. No 519, p.3-24, 2 refs. Discussion of problems toward creating a fonnal model of na­ 66 ON CS IN THE SOCIO-AREA (6) tural language semantics. See also 6827 7058 Kosarevskaja, T.A. : A tentative morphological and 7043 Brown. Ch.: Compuppterizing the regulations: finding al l surface-semantic classification of the cybernetics sub1an­ the reijulations that a ly automatically. Orig. en. Government guage tenns. Orig. ru. In: Struktur.i mat. lingv. 19BO. No 8, Executlve 1980, July. p.20-21 p.49-54. 7 refs. The Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) comprising some 85 000 Investigation of 1450 three-component Engl ish compu ter tenns pages in over 100 subject areas has been analysed and a the­ and identification of certain construction types. 22 diffe­ saurus of some 20' 000 terms including geographic ones was rent semantic relations were found between the tenn compo­ produced. nents. 7044 7059 Leont'eva. N.N ..n tion analysis units. '�, ;������\., 1981. No 1. p. 21-29, Consideration of a s .."otic analysis of connected text. The units of textual and information analyses are equal . The cha­ 7045 Mattscheck. B.: Devel opment of a subject index in racter of the dictionary necessary for such an analysis is forensic psychiatry. Orig. en. In: Behav.Soc.Sc1.Libr. 1979 1. .2, defined. Vol No p.I13-115 Work done at the Samuel Bellet library, Hospital of Pennsyl­ 7060 Otkup�cikova. M.I.: A semantic classification of ro­ vania University. nouns the uantlf in divis on . Orig. ru. In: Lingv.probl . fun c.modelir.re ev.dejatelnosti 1979, No 4, p.56-72, 67 ON CS IN THE ECONOMICS AND TECHNOLOGY AREA (7) 14 refs

X 7046 Morrison. A.: E isting and improved road classifica­ 7061 Ruba�kin. V.S. : On the semantics of attributive con­ tions for British road maps , related to the speed of trattl C. structions. Orig. ru. In: Llngv.probl.funkc .mode ilr.retev .de­ Orlg.en. In: Cartogr.J. 19BO Vol 17, No 2. p.111-123. B refs. Jatelnostl 1979. No 4. p.45-56. 3 refs.

7047 Mankevi�, LA.: Development of facet-block thesauri in 7062 Wickmann. D.: An automatk analysis of semantic rela- Water Transport. Orig. ru. In: Tr./Leningr.Institut Kul 'tury. tionshi between words in texts: 47, factor or cluster00 anal SlS 1979 . No p.70-85, 6 refs. wat lts es .. rlg. en. n: u. Experiences devel oping thesauri in Navigation and Sea ports. p. 152-:

120 Intern.Classificat. B(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 73 AUTOMATIC LANGUAGE PROCESSING p.382-398 Description of LEXICON, a dictionary of tenns used in the 7063 Sager. Naomi : Natural language information processing. field of anatomic pathology. A computer grammar of English and its applications. Orig. en. 1.1.: Reading, Mass. : Addison-Wesley Publ . 1981. 399 p., $37.50 7072 Zdornych. T.A.; Smirnova, N.A.. Ubin, Vocabulary selection and the structure of an automatic dictionary entry. 74 GRAMMAR PROBLEMS Orig. ru. In: Mezdunar.semlnar po mag.perevodu, Moskva 1979. Moskva 1979. r. 136-137 The basic criteria for vocabulary selection are systemic property, as well as frequency and importance of a term. Word combinations, making up 80% of a dictionary volume are select­ ed with regard to their stability. The structure of an auto­ p. , matic dictionary is detennined mainly with respect to it pur­ This "nucleus" of a semantic syntax comprises the German lan­ pose. guage contents-related complexes of processes (verbs and their necessary complements). Part 1 of the Communicative 77 GENERAL PROBLEMS OF TERMINOLOGY Grammar (CG) is thus a grammar of the meanings of the verb See also 6690, 6771-6773, 6794-6824, 7134. 7141, 7142 and of its contents-factors. It describes these factors in relation to the fonnal structures of the verb valency system. 7073 Oanilenko, V.P.; Skvortsov, L.I.: Theoretical and For the first time, thus, these factors have been named. �.practical aspects of standar di sation of scientific termino­ classified and represented ,in the complexity of their functi­ Orig. ru. Movoznavstvo 1980, No 6, p. 16-21, 21 refs. onal reci procal relationship in a comprehensive system. 7074 Danilenko, V.P. ; Skvortsov. L.I.: Linguistic problems 7065 Sevbo. l.P.: On the s stematization of sentence utter­ of regulating the scientific and technical tenninology. Ong. ance analyses. Oriy. ru. In: Nau no-tec n.ln orm.. Ser. 2 198 • ru. In: Vopr.Jazyko zn., 1981" No 1, p.7-16 No 12, p.1-10, 29 refs. Definition of the cO,ncepts 'regulation ', ,'unification ', Suggestion of a general scheme for the organization of va­ 'standardisation'. The place of 'termi nology' in linguistics rious sentence analyses. It takes into account analyses of is discussed as well as the linguistic problems in e-l abora­ the extral inguistic reality, semantical models limiting their ting terminologies. abilities to the text only. analyses aiming at the search of interrelations between semantics and syntax, a.o. 7075 Hoedt, J.; Turner, R. (Eds.); Copenhagen School of (Orig.abstr.abbr. ) Economics, The LSP Centre: 'The World of LS P'. Orig. en. Kobenhavn 1981. ,223 po' 75 QUESTION-ANSWERING SYSTEMS Register of some 157 centerS/institutions in 38 countries of the worl d, representing presumably a major proportion of the 7066 Bi rnbaum, D. et a1 ; Pattern Analysis and Recognition current total . The infonnation is set out in a categorized Corp.: MUL lICS remote data -entry system. Vol .!. Orig. en. way, concerning research on Languages for Special Purposes Rome , N. Y. 1979. 258 p. , AD-A080 625/7 (LSP) and LSP courses. The Remote Data Entry System was designed to allow users of the MULlIeS Pattern Recognition Facility the ability to input 7076 Hoffmann. L.: 30 Jahre fachsprachl iche Lehre und For­ their data over the ARPANET from a Tektronix remote storage schung an den Universitaten und Hochschulen der DDR. (30 Years, of tennlnologl cal educatl0n and research at the univer­ device. Once the data is input into the MULlICS System , rou­ I, tines are provided to enable the user to restructure or clus­ sities of the GDR) Orig. de. In: Fachsprache 1981 Vol 3. No ter his database for di fferent classification experiments. p.2-10, 23 refs. In 1951 an obligatory 3-years course of Russian was intro­ 7067 Preece, S.E.: An online associative qu ery modification duced into the GDR schools of higher learning. The article methodol ogy. Orig. en. In: On-line Rev. 1980 Vol 4, No 4, is concerned with impetus, regulations, aims, means. prob­ p.375-382, 3 refs. lems, institutions and perspectives relating to education in Description of the online system. The query modification ca­ terminology and languages for special purpose. pabil ity stems from the abil ity to incorporate thesaurus or dictionary linkages between tenns and preferred or alterna­ tive forms and to generate associations between sets of do­ cuments and the vocabulary they contain. The fanner capabili­ ty allows the automatic incorporation in a query of prede­ fined equivalent or al ternate tenns. The use of tenns asso­ 27. No 2, p.365-376, 16 ciated with retrieved documents allows automatic discovery lary, index tenns, and subject 7078 Kesselman, R. : Book review of Terminol ogical Data and inclusion of related vocabu .• cate90ries and may improve the effectiveness of free text 1980.Banks: Proc .lst InteriLConf Vienna. 2-3 April 1979. MUnchen searching in databases incorporating control led vocabulary un g. en. In: Int.Classlf. 1980 Vol 8. No 1 .. p.44-45 indexing and subject classification schemes. A pilot version of the system has been implemented on the OECsystem-10. 7079 Majorova, N.K.: Observations on the terminological (Author,. abbr. ) fonnation of words. Orig. ru. In: Movoznavstvo I980. No 6. p.22-25, 9 refs. 76 LEXICON/DICTIONARY PROBLE�IS �7OBO Pi · P. : 7068 Gold, D.L.: The dictionary and lexical structure. Orig. en. In: 8abel 1980, No 3. p.152-160 ����i��������� Discussion a.o. also of the classificatory knowledge which � of a proper theory for the treatment can be found in a dictionary. Orig. fr. In: Unesco ALSED-LSP News- 2. p.2-15, 12 refs. 7069 Neubert, G.: Machi ne-aiding of translation processes by Discussion of the language of law in relation to three para­ user-controlled dictionarY 100k-u�. Orig. en. In: Int. Forum meters of distinctiveness: nomenclature, semantic organiza­ Infonn.boc. 1980. No 2. p.30-31, refs. tion, syntax. Reviews automatic dictionaries of various types. The useful­ 7081 Rey . A.: La tenttinolo ie: noms et notions. (Tenninolo­ ness of tenni nology data banks in different spheres of human gy: act1vity is illustrated. The operation and various applica­ names and concepts Orig. fro Paris: Presses Univ.de tions of the Dresden electronic special ized dictionary are France 1979. 127 p. described. (Author) 7082 'Schulz, J.: A tenninolow data bank for translators 7070 Mamedova, M.G. ; Skorochod 'ko, E.F.: Automated system of bIEAM) . Orig. en. Meta 1980 Vol 25, No 2, p.211-229. 13 refs. terminological dictionary analysis. Orig. ru. In: Nautno­ scription of the mul tilingual system TEAM an'd the prin­ .• 1. techn .lnfonn Ser.2 1981, No p. 14-18. 6 refs. ciples of its data organisation. The computer-aided compilation of a normative thesaurus based on a tenninological dictionary is considered. An automated 7083 Wal lace, E.R. : Classification of aims in usage-recom- system of terms analysiS is impl emented on the basis of a mendation for bio-ecol ogical relationship terms involving thesaurus tnodel . The system. its functions. lexi cal groups dlVerse organlsms. un g.en. In: Classlf.Soc.Bull. 1980 vol 4. produced by it and methods of computerization are described. No 4, p.7-9 (Orig.abstr. ,mod .) Gives consideration to the idea that one should think about a certain aim before inventing and using a new term for a 7071 Wong ,R.l. et a1 : Profile of a dictionary compi led from new concept. scanning over one mi llion words of surgical pathology narra­ tive text. Orig. en. In: Comp.Biomed.Res. 1980 Vol 13. No 4. 7084 Wi lss. W.: Book review of Sager.J.C., Dungworth.D.,

Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 121 McDonal d,P.F.: Engl ish Special languages. pri nciples and problems of data banks, the conception of the VIS index which lractice in science and technol09 . Wiesbaden: Brandstetter provides for computer-based search in the abstract data base. 980. On g. en. In: lebende Sprach en 1981, No 1. p.184-185 7110 Lorenz, B.: Bemerkun en zu den Auf aben des Schla wort­ katalogs Typs . Remarks on einer Universitatsbibliothek neuenI the funcb ons of a subJect headlng cata ogue of a modern university library) Orig. de. In: Libri 1980 Vol 30, No 3, p.242-246, 18 refs. Discussions of the developments toward abol ishing the syste­ 78 SPECIAL TERMINOLOGY PROBLEMS matic and the subject heading catalogue. See also 6698, 6781-6793, 6905, 7080 7111 Wright, P� ; Threlfal l, M.S.: Readers ' expectations 7085 Bungarten, T.{Ed.); Wissenschaftssprache. Bei trage zur about format influence the usability of an index. Driy. en. Hethodologie, theoretischen Fundierung und Deskription. In: J.Res.Comm. Studl es 1980 Vol 2, No 2. p.99-lb6 (Scientific language. Contributions toward methodology, theo­ retical foundation and description) Orig. de. 82 DATA INDEXING MUnchen: W. Fink Verl . 1981. 547 p., OM 68., ISBN 3-7705 -1658-3 7112 Allen, F.H.: Cambridge Crystal lographic Data Centre, V, 7087 Berie�, E. : The formal structure of scientific languages an integrated system of indexes. Orig.en. In: J.Chem. printed20, 2. from the syntactic point of view. - 7088 Boguslawski , A. : Intorn.Comp.sc" i980 Vol No p.68-76, 13 refs. Knowledge, truth bel ief: on the semantlc structure of the vocabul ary " of cognition.. - 7089 Bungarten, Th .: Science, 7113 /rk:Jsby. M.A. ; Kier. L.B. : Model for generat.ing a chemi­ language and soci ety . - 7090 Gual , C.G. : Tenus of the Euro­ cal reaction index for storage and retrieval of information. - pean theory of literature: - 7091 Harweg, R.: Structures Oriy. en. In: J.Chem. lnform. Comp .Sci. 1980 Vol 20, No 4, and problems of linguistic discourse. Remarks on the language p.217-221. 14 refs. of linguistics on the basis of semiotic and representation Description of a new "m.ethod for indexing chemical reactions. theory . 7092 Hempfer, K.W.: Presuppositions, implicatures The calculation of a re'action connectivity index results in a and the structure of scholarly argumentation. 7093 LUdtke. unique number. This number does not provide hierarchical or - � J.: Classifiers and scientific argumentation. - Martin, relational information. It encodes the concept of the reac­ �.: The advantage and the limitations of quantitative lingui­ tion process in a unique identifier which is suggested for stics for the study of the scientific languages. - 7095 use, much as the CAS Registry number is used, to optimize Panther, K.-U.: Some typical indirect speech acts in scienti­ ease of storage, manipulation, and retrieval from large com­ fic discourse. - 7096 Petofi, J.S.: Some general aspects of puter files. the analysis and description of technical/scientific texts. - 7097 Polenz. P.v. : On jargonizing of scientific discourse 83 INDEXING OF AND 8Y TITLES, PHRASES and against deagentivization. - 7098 Schefe, P.: On the func­ tional ity of the language of s�ce: the example of medi­ 7114 Burnh_am. B.; McCordick. I.; York County Board of Educa­ cine. - 7099 Schwanzer, V.: Syn tactic and styl istic universals tion: A computer-based catal ogue linking the PRECIS subject in scientTTfc and technical languages. - 7100 Sokeland, W.: indexinq system to school library materials . Building a model Explanation and argumentation in scientifiCdlscourse. - for an Ontarlo-wlde lnformat1on network for school libraries 7101 Spillner, B.: Terms and linguistic functions in the lan­ using PRECIS. A developmental research project. Orig. en.. Aurora, �age of literary c-riticism. - 7102 Ste inig, W.: The1 language Ontario 1978. 48 p. , ED 176 803 of psychology and the communicatfOn of everyday He. - 7103 Ulvestad, B.: Pseudo terms and argumentations in the 'language 7115 Fisher, M. ; Moffat, A. : Quick: we've got KWOC. Ori g. of grammar'. - 7104 Zemb, J.-M. : Can the lecture be saved? p.7-B, - en. In: Libr.Bul l. 1980, No 18. 11 On some questrons of communication in the didactics of A KeyWord-Out-of-Context (CWOC) index was devised for the science. Lyon Playfair Library , Imperial Col le.ge, London to serve as a common subject access system for the different departmen­ 7105 Kocourek, R. : la nature du fran ais techni ue et scien­ tal libraries using different classification schemes. aifigU ' (The nature of technical· and scientific French ng. f:r. In: Ernst, R.; Worterbuch der industriel len Technik. 7116 �li ldner. H. : Automatisierte Selektion von Fachwortern Vol .4. Wiesbaden : Brandstetter 1980. p.1153-1174 aus dem Sachtitel von Zeitschriftenartikeln als Entschei­ dungshilfe be l der bedarfsgerechten Steuerung von Zeltschrif­ 7106 Laning, P.: lur medizinischen Fachs rache. Stilistische ten. (Computerized selection of terms from the- titles of Gliederung und Textanalysen. On medical terminology. Styli­ ToUrnal articles as a decision on aid in the use-oriented stic outline and text analyses) Orig. de. In; Muttersprache control of journal s) Orig. de. In: Informatik 1981 Vol 28, 1981 Vol 91, No 2. p.79-92, 27 refs. No 1, p.31-33, 8 refs. According to Porep �nd Steudel medical terminology comprises Proposal s for a computer-supported and objective control of 80 000 names for drugs, 10 000 names for the parts of orga­ information sources on the basis_ ,of relationships between nisms and 60 000 names for diseases. the title of journal articles and information needs.

7107 W.: 7117 Nunnery, N.: A computer-generated phrase index from document titleS. Oriy. en. In: SIGLASH Newsletter 1980 vo l 13. No 3, p.4-5

consequences for the terminological 85 BOOK .INDEXING ning of in me dicine) Orig. de. In: Wiss.l.Wil- helm-PiechlIniversitat, Ges .u.Sprachwiss.R. ,Rostock 1979 Vol 7118 Bakewel l, K. : How to let yo ur fingers do the walking 28, No 3. p.145-1Q3 and not lose412. the way. Ori g. en. In: Times Higher Educ.Suppl. 1980, No p.12 7108 Turner, J.; Niibold. P. : The language of air traffic control. Orig. en. Fachsprache 1981 Vol 3. No 1. p.1l-17 87 .:INDEXING OF SECONDARY LITERATURE To guarantee the safety and efficiency of _ international a-ir See also 6691 traffic control, a code is required which is subjected to de­ mands very different from those placed on' the natural lan­ 7119 Nasatir, M.: The catal oging and classification of Ma­ guage from which it is dedved. Report on a research project chine-Readable Data Files. Pt.1: A case for incorporating in progress at the Technical UniverSity of Braunschweig aimed records of Machl ne-Readable Data Files into the publ ic cata­ I, I, at determining how the English language has been and can be log. Orig. en. In: Cat. Classif.Quarterly 1980 Vol No rearranged and modified in order to become the necessary con­ p.23-41t 49 refs. cise and unambiguous communication medium. This article is mainly concerned with the documentation and bibliographic control of Machine-Readable Data Files (MRDF) 8 APPLIED CLASSING AND INDEXING and the current status of MRDF cataloging activities as well as recommendations for bibliographic control . however, not as 81 GENERAL PROBLEMS AND INDEXING RULES yet with problems of their classification. See also 6825-6835, 6907. 6939 7120 Hosono, K.: The characteristics of search key� for LISA 1.: 7109 Kobayashi , Introduction to the theory of informa­ databases. Orig. ja. In: Libr. lnfonn.Sci. 1979, NO,17, p.121- I tion structure. Concept and structure of the VIS lndex sys­ 132. 18 refs. tem. Ony. Ja. In: Zyoho kagaku 1979 Vol 15, No 6, p.9-14 LISA tapes have the following access points: (1) classifica­ Discussion of a book under the same title covering the fol­ tion codes, according to the Classification Research Group lowing items: information processing in natural language schedule; (2) two kinds of uncontrolled keyword sets, one re­ (Japanese), indexes and keywords, index matrix. thesauri . presented by classification headings, the other by entries

Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 122 appearing in the printed alphabetical subject index. Gives the tenns,�of reference of the new IFLA Section as well The paper examines these access points. as some information on activities.

7121 Payne, B.: BL rethink!. Orig. en. In: Libr.Assoc.Record 93 ORGANISATION OF CLASSIFICATION 1979 Vol 81, Nov .• p.547 See also 6832. 7075- The cumulative index to the British National Bibliography (1964-1976) in microfiche form only. (Letter).· Comment by J. 7136 Boganik. V.N. : Classlfication of infonnation for data C.Downing (letter) in Libr.Assoc.Record 82(198D) Jan., p.37 bank12, org anisation. Ori9. ru. In: Org .i upr.neft.promsti 1979, No p.38-40 7122 Vickers, R.P.: New indexinQ in British Education Index: It is recognized to be imperative that the work of classifi� Edu c.116r.Bull. 23, a note. Orig. en. In: 1980 Vol No 1. cation must be shared by several organizations. Organisatio­ p.34-36 nal pri nciples are proposed.

88 INDEXING OF PRIMARY LITERATURE AND DOCUMENTS 7137 Froschner. G.: Bibliothekarisch-biblioqraph ische Klassi­ fikation im Bibliothekswesen der ODR. (library-bibliographi­ DOR 7123 El liott, B.J.:_ cal classlf1cabon systems 1n ,llbrarianship) Orig. de. �. Orig. en. In: Zb1 .Bib1.wes. 1981 Vol 95, No 2. p.68-72 p.143-148 Survey on the present state of application of classification systems and concerning -further development especially regard­ 7124 Deutsch. St.F.: An efficient method of indexing lega l ing the idea of a unifonn classification system for OOR li­ memoranda. ,Orig.en-. In: Pract. Lawyer 25(1979)No.l, p.71-76 braries, adaption and modified application of the Russian LBC and application and improvement of the UDC. 7125 Hartstock. E. : Erfahrunqsbericht Uber die Anwendung des Erfassungsbelegs bei der Deskriptorenerschl ieBung. (Report on 7138 David, Ch.; Rek. Ch.: Problems of indexing by: national experlences Wlth the appllcatlon of an input record sheet in centres of medico-scientific lnfonnatlon for MEDINFORM. Orig. ru. In: I Naut.Konf�po , prob1 .na naut.med.inf. orm .. Sofia information analysis with descriptors) Orig. de. In: Archiv­ .. mitt. 1980. No 6, p.227-233. 24 refs. 1979(1). p.82-90 Methodology and problems encountered in applying a thesaurus and a fonmal ized way of information analysis in an archive. 95 EDUCATION AND TRAINING ����� ��� ����-: See also 6819, 6820. 7076 7126 N.L I s an � �. : nvient;.n c�l�a§.SS�;�ff;£ca�tH;�· �n:la¥C��;�n�- f J � Orig. en. In: Autom.DocJ1a:th. 7139 Gavryck. J.: Teaching concept identification throuQh 3 refs. the use of IlThesaurus of ERIC Descriptors". Orig. en. 19,80 NO 1. classification systems in the In: UnLlne vo l 4, p.31-34 Description of a program at the SUNY-Albany School of libra­ g�l:.���::�':s in general. with their spe­ dictionary or lexicon. gram- ry and Infonmation Science.

7140 Saab. N.G. ; lamson, M.E. : Catal oging 1966 vs 1976. 7127 Meltzer. M.: Indexing the correspondence of lydia Maria Orig. en. In: J.Educ.L1brarianship 1979 Vol 20, No 2. p.107- Vol I. Child. Orig. en. In: Mi crofom Rev. 1981 10. No p.16-17 113. �7 refs. Report about several changes that were observed in the teach� 7129 Rimmer, B.M. : Name indexes to patent specifications. lng of cataloguing and classification in the period between Orig. en. In: World Patent Inform. 1979 Vol 1. No 2. p.68- 72 1966-1976. The lack of an international ly accepted standard for the al­ phabetical arrangement of names in patent indexes causes ·se­ rious difficulties for searchers. Examples are given. Interim proposals have been offered. It is hoped that the World In­ tel lectual Property Organization might be wi lling to under­ computers? paradoxes take the solution of this problem. (Orig.Abstr.abbr. ) Vol 3, No 1. p.17-22 Description of a training programme in tenminology which was set up at a Finnish institute. It also explains the gaps and & 9 CLASSIFICATION "MILIEU·· (ORG. ECON. ) limits of this programme in order to shed more light upon the present requi rements and upon the questions which need to be 92 PERSONS AND INSTITUTIONS IN CLASSIFICATION settled urgently. See also 6796. 6802. 6804. 6805. 6807. 6813, 6814. 6904

7130 Hinton. F.: Catalo in and Classification Section of the Amer.libr.Assoc .. Orlg. en. In: Libr. Resources Techn. 1, Servo 180 Vol 24. No p.77-78 Reports on developments during the year 1979. J.: 7131 Nilson. Catalo in and Classification Section of in the II the Amer.Libr.Assoc. . rlg. en. In: r.Resources. ec n. ,p"" ',,,loov. (2) Servo 1 81 Vol 25, No 1. p.113-116 Survey on the developments of this Section during the year 1980.

7132 Bliss Classification Association: list of members. 19BO 6, 1. Orig. en. In: Bllss Class1t.Bull. VOl No p.10-17 99 STANDARDIZATION IN CLASSIFICATION See also 6969 .• 7133 Fialkowski . K.R. ; Muraszkiewicz. M.R Tolwinska. A.B.: a Methodology of World Clearinghouse activ1ty. Orig.en. In: In­ 7143 Chaumier. J.: Les languages d'access 1 'information: 1981 17. •. fOnTI.process.Management vol No 1 p.21-25 bab�lisme ou normalisation. 6r lg. fro In: Rev .entrep. 1979, Presentation of the principles and methodology of the Warsaw No 31, p.16-1B. 4 refs. Clearinghouse. a special ized bibliographic service for the collection. processing and dissemination of information on 7144 Ivanov, N.B.: Apropos the question of uniform methodo­ thesauri, classlfication systems and schedules. descriptor­ loW of indexing technical literature. On g. ru. In: Vo pr.bl­ keyword- and subject-heading lists. bhografoved.1 bibliotekoved. Mlnsk 1980. p.34-41. 5 refs.

7134

report focusses on principle aims and tasks fixed in the Language abbrevi a ti ons: COMTERM activities program confi rmed at the general assembly, Montreal 1978. Such aims included (1) Bibl iography of termino­ bg Bulgarian fi Finnish pt Portuguese logy. (2) Scientific acti vities. (3) Participation in and ch Chinese fr French r. Romanian support for all tenminological efforts the world over, (4) cs Czech he . Hebrew ru Russian Collaboration with all interested organizations. da Danish hu Hungarian sb Slovakian de Gennan ja Japanese sh serbo-Croat. 7135 New IFLA Section on classification. Orig. en. In: Int. en English nl Dutch sn Slovenian Classif. 1981 Vol 8, No 1, p.32 es Spanish pI Poli sh sv Swedi sh

Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature 123 AUTHOR-INDEX .Farradane, J. 6945, 6963 Machalow, R. 6712 Sager. Naomi 7063 Fea, V. 6979 1 Mache, W.W. 6702 Sakov, A.A. 6812 Fe ber, H. 6796 Majorova, N. K. 7079 Salton, G. 6952 Alekceenko. Ju.A. 6897 Fialkows ki, K.R. 7133 Mamedova. M.G. 7070 Saraeva, G.A. 6834 Allen, F.H. 7112 Fidler, S.J. 7017 Manevi�. S.M. 6825. 6833 Satyanarayana, N.R. 6983 M. f4. Am'n, M.M. (Ed.) 6886 Fisher, 7115 Manheimer, M.L. 6888 Schader. 7012 Anasovi t. L.A. 6830 FitzGeral d. S.M.D. 7031 Mankevic, I.A. 7047 Schefe, P. 7098 Anderson, M. 7055 Fontalina, M.N. 6832 Martin. W. 7094 Schenker. R. 6780 Andreasen, N.C. 6873 Fowlkes, LB. 6852 Mart1nsson, A. 6942 Schrader. S. (Ed.) 6774 Aprecjan. Ju.D. 7057 Frary . J.N. 6869 Mattscheck, B. 7045 Schulz, J. 7082 Arntz, R. 6819 Freidheim, LA. 6842 Maulinja, A.A. 6792 Schulz, K.-P. 7026 Arutene. V. 6791 Froschner, G. 6996, 7137 McKinlay, J. 6991 Schwanzer, V. 7099 Bailey. K.D. 6858 Gal lo. M.A.de 6686 Meikle. R.D. 7020 Scibor, E. 7004 Bakewell, K. 7118 Gamaluddin. AF. 6980 Meink, P. 6971 Selander. E. 6820 I. Bakul ina. 1.1. 6698 Gambier, Y. 7141 Meltzer. M. 7127 Sev�o, P. 7065 �1. Banerjee, O.N. 6915 Garraud, S. 6778 Mezzich, J. E. 6872 Shapiro, 6848 Barcia Goyanes, J.J. 6905 Gavryck, J. 7139 Mikaeljan, C.O. 6790 Siforov, V.I. 6795 Barnett, D; 6870 German, M. 6904 Mildner, H. 7116 _ Sin9h, S.V. 7029 Barsuk. A. I. 6784 Gersch, W. 6866 Miller, J.D. 6817 Sippl, Ch.J. 6700 Batis. J. 6804 Glanville, W.J. 7036 Milligan. G.W. 6849 Skinner. H.A. 6855 Baudys. M. 6810 Goedecke, W. 6692 Mills, J. 7032 Skinner, H.A. 6874 Beck, H. 6891, 6892 Gold. D.L. 7068 Mir�ev, B. 6924 1. Skol 'nik, L.S. 7040 Bekoff, M. 6876 Goltvinskaja, 6997 Mgtenko. G.L. 7027 Skuinja. V. 6787 Benabdel la. A. 6811 L Gombosi, M. 6957 Moeller, B.A. 6943 Smirnov, I.P. 6816 Bene�, 7087 Gor' kova, V. I. 6818 Morrison. A. 7046 Sneath, P.H.A. 7013 Bennan, S. 6974 Gorkova, V. I.(Ed.) 6698 Mosby, M.A. 7113 Sobolevskaja, E.Z. 6831 Bernetti, G. 6776 Gonnan, N. 6989 Moss. W.W. 7008 6835 Bertrand, L. 6975 Gual, C.G. 7090 Muhl. E. 6959 . Sokeland, W. 7100 Bezdek, J. C. 6B45 Haag, R. et al 6958 Murty , N.M. 7009 Solov1eva, A.A. 7038 Bicalho, M.D. 6976 Harris, J.L.M. 6941 Nasatir. M. 7119 SpiT lner, B. 7101 Bieber, S.L. 6844 Hartstock, E. 7125 Nelson, A.H. 6843 Steini9, W. 7102 Birjukoz, V.I. 7001 Harweg, R. 7091 Neubert, G. 7069 Strahler, A.H. 7014 Birnbaum, D. et al 7066 Hattery, M. 6946 New, G. 6982 Strand, L. 6777 Blanuca, V.1. 6940 Hawker, P. 6909 Niehoff, R. 6931 Suslova. LN. 6783 Blatchford, O.N. 6779 Heine, V. : 6747 Nikitina. S.E. 6998 Svenon i us, E. 6903 Blehova. E. 7037 Hempfer, K.W. 7092 Nilson. J. 7131 Sweeney, R. 6984 Blois, M.S. 6916 Henzler. R.G. 6923 Nocetti, M.A� 7033 Tager, M. 6972 Bock, H.H. 7006 Hetrick, V.R. 6862. 6865 Norri s. C. 7035 Tague. J.M. 6930 Boganik, V.N. 7136 Heywood, V.H. 7018 Nunnery, N. 7117 Taube, U.F. 7002 Boguslawski , A. 7088 Hi ll, L.R. 7019 Ny e, I.W.B. 7021 Terzi-c, O. 6973 Brett, D.T. 6746 Hindson, R. 6968, 6969 , O'Neill. E.T. 6992 Tessier, P. 6803 Brinkmann, K.H. 6813 Hinton. F. 7130 Orna, E. 6756 Thompson, T. 6857 Brown, Ch. 7043 Hjerppe. R. 6691 Otkup�c1kova. M.I. 7060 Tichonova, E. V. ·6788 Brucher, R.T. 6898 •. Hoedt, J. 7075 Panther. K.-U. 7095 Totok, W. 6908 Brwon, P.B 6859 Hoffmann, L. 6884, 7076 Parker, A.H. 7022 Townley, H.M. 6889 Bryant, J. 6841 Hoppe, A. 7064 Patrick, P.K.(Comp.) 6694 Trela. J.-C. 6713 Buchaleva, L!. 6947 Hornung, B. 7049 Payne, B. 7121 Turner; J. 7108 Bungarten, T. (Ed.) 7085 Hosono, K. 7120 Payne, R.W. 70lD UTvestad, B. 7103 Bungarten, T. 7089 Houpt. M. 6906 Pejtersen. A.M. 7050 Ungvary, R. 6896 Burnham. B. 7114 Hums, L. 7077 Perevo'!;� ikova, L.M. 6999 Vasil 'eva, E.A. 6926 Burress, LP. 6961 I gumnov. J. 6894 Perruchet, C. 6688 Vickers, R. P. 7122 Cahn, D.F. 6917 11 Inbal, M. 6960 Peters, B. C. 6864 Volgar'. L.G. 6828 Cami i, G. 6868 Ivanov, N.B. 7144 Petiau, C. 6809 Volkova, LN. 6808 Campbell, O.J. 6994 Jaku�ina, L.S. 6998 Petofi , J.S. 7096 Vollmer, J. 6814 Carper, W.P. 6854 Janke. R.V. 6937 Pica, P. 7080 Voverene, O.J. 7048 Carrol l, J.D. 6839 Jones-Cecil, M. 6861 Picht. H. 6801, 7142 Vu��a, G. 6914 Chaumier, J. 7143 Jones. D.P. et al 6699 Polenz. P.v. 7097 Wade, H.H. 6987 Chien-Chang, L. 7041 Jurman. Ch. 6789 Popowska. H. 6925 W3.hlln, E. 6902 Chozin, N.p. 6920 Ka�mazova. Z.IS. 6829 Preece, S.E. 7067 Wallace, LR. 7083 Cockshutt. M.E. 6977 Karma, T. 6793 Raghavan, V.V. 7005 Ward, E. (Comp.) 6753 Conkl in, C.E. 6988 Kayser, K. 6910 Raitt, D. I. 6934 Weber, J.E. 6867 Dabrowski, M. et al 6948 Kendal l, A.J. 6863 Rasch ,D. 7011 WeidemUller, H.U. 6944 Dahlberg, I. 6821, 6899 Kesselman, R. 7078 Reiner, B.J. 6732 Weintraub, D.K. 6995 Danilenko, V.P. 6806 Kleiner, B. 6838 Reinermann,H. 6743 Weis, E. 6805 7073, 7074 Kobayashi, I. 7109 Relph. M.H..C. 6754 Wel lisch, H.H. 6907, 6938 Darden, W. 6853 • Y. Kocourek, R. 7105 Rettig, J 6744 Werner, R. 6773 Datta, 6856 Kodderitzsch, W. 6900 Revel-Macdonald, N. 7054 Wheatley, A. 6939 David. Ch. 7138 Kosarevskaja, T.A. 7058 Rey, A. 7081 Wickmann, D. 7015 Davis, C.H. 6887 Krauth, J. 7007 Richter, G. 6956 Wilke. J. 6689 Davis, R.G. 6879 Krejdlin, G.E. 7056 Richter, W. 7107 1>1. Willett, P. 6953, 6955 De Castro, D.R. 6815 Krommer-Benz , 6802 Rigby, M. 6965 Williams, R.C. 6846 Delgado, R.R. 6932 Krommer-Benz, M. (Ed.) 6794 Riggs, F. 6824 Williamson, J.A. 6837 Deutsch, St.F. 7124 Kronz, H. 6933 Rimmer, B.M. 7129 Williamson. N.J. 6936 Devadason, F.J. 6921 Kulebjakin. A.Z. 6954 Robinson. P. 6690 Willis, W.D. and H.D. 6728 DeVorkin. D.H. 7016 Kuznecov, O.A. 6918 Rodrigues, C.do N. 6727 Wil ss, W. 7084 Dextre, S.G. 7025 Kvirtija, L.O. 6918, 7039 Rol ling, L. 6962 Wingert, F. 6895 DietZe, J. 6949 Lang, J.P. 6986 Rondeau, G. 6799, 7134 Winkel, A. 7085 Dobronravov, I.S. 6927 Lappin. J.A.E. 6762 Rosenberg, J. 6860 Winters, R. K. 6775 Dovbenko, M.A. 6798 Laubacher, .M. R. (Comp.) 6695 Rost, G. 6781 Wong, J. 6878 Downing, J.C. 6880 Leatherdale, D. 6922 Rousseau. L.-J. 6807 Wong, R.L. et al 7071 Downton, M. 6851 Leclercq, H. 6950 Rousseau, P. 6871 Wood, K. 7052 Dron, E.M. 7030 Lej�ik, V.M. 6785 Rowel l, U.H. 7028 Wood. Ph.H.N. 7044 Drozd, L. 6797 Lenoch, H. (Comp.) 6703 Ruba�kin, V.S. 7061 Wright. P. 7111 Dubuc, R. 6822 Leont'eva. N.N. 7059 Rubison, R.M. 6877 Wy nar. B.S. 6890 Duckett. R.J. 6978 Leska. B.M. 6823 Rudnicki. P. 6912 Xu. Vi-Po 6935 Dlivel , H. 6893 Lindahl. B.(Ed.) 6706 Rudnicki, P. 7024 ldornych. T.A. 7072 Edelbrock, C. 6850. 6875 Lininja. S.Ja. 6786 Rumyantseva, N.L. 7126 Zemb. J.-M. 7104 Edwards. 'P. I. 6966 Lontng. P. 7106 Rybakov. F.I. 6951 Zerbe, G.O. 6847 Elliott, B.J. 7123 Lorenz. B. 7110 Ryl ova , T.N. 6913 . Zipf, E.M. 7023 Ellmann, D. 7003 Lorr. M. 6840 Saab, N.G. 7140 Zupan, J. 6929 Endres-Niggemeyer. B. 6883 LUdtke. J. 7093 Sabova, A. 7034 turzalinil, N.P. 7000 Eresund, 8. 6967 Ludvik, S. 6970 Sager, J.C. 6800 Zvonkin. A.K. 6901

124 Intern.Classificat. 8(1981)No.2 Classification Literature